summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/Master/texmf-dist
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorKarl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>2010-11-19 00:09:27 +0000
committerKarl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>2010-11-19 00:09:27 +0000
commit5d493365104212d1a354fc9551a95f8fafd296dc (patch)
treeefed019a2b1746a64e9db19b9113f029a002b990 /Master/texmf-dist
parentb859400c31094770615e39031d42ae89673f648f (diff)
rm cjw, nosell license
git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@20485 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751
Diffstat (limited to 'Master/texmf-dist')
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/cjw/cjw-latex.pdfbin216839 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/cjw/cjw-ltr.pdfbin107064 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/cjw/cjwoutl.pdfbin95285 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/cjw/cjwplain.pdfbin137129 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/cjw/cjw-latex.dtx2333
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/cjw/cjw-latex.ins44
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/cjw/cjw-ltr.dtx821
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/cjw/cjw-ltr.ins18
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/cjw/cjwoutl.dtx656
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/cjw/cjwoutl.ins18
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/cjw/cjwplain.dtx1007
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/cjw/cjwplain.ins20
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/cjw/cjw-env.cls199
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/cjw/cjw-ltr.cls273
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/cjw/cjwderiv.tex100
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/cjw/cjwinteg.tex73
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/cjw/cjwmacro.sty463
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/cjw/cjwmath.sty441
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/cjw/cjwoutl.sty187
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/cjw/cjwphys.tex80
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/cjw/cjwplain.sty255
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/cjw/cjwplout.clo99
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/cjw/cjwpltab.clo82
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/cjw/cjwresize.sty226
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/cjw/cjwunits.sty89
25 files changed, 0 insertions, 7484 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/cjw/cjw-latex.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/cjw/cjw-latex.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index e3c1bebe650..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/cjw/cjw-latex.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/cjw/cjw-ltr.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/cjw/cjw-ltr.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 04b5eb2f5c2..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/cjw/cjw-ltr.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/cjw/cjwoutl.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/cjw/cjwoutl.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 3ec6491d5d2..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/cjw/cjwoutl.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/cjw/cjwplain.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/cjw/cjwplain.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 2a983762235..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/cjw/cjwplain.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/cjw/cjw-latex.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/cjw/cjw-latex.dtx
deleted file mode 100644
index 515dd7d3d0b..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/cjw/cjw-latex.dtx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2333 +0,0 @@
-% \iffalse -*- LaTeX -*-
-%
-% This is file `cjw-latex.dtx'. You can run this file through
-% LaTeX2e to produce a DVI file of documentation. The file
-% `cjw-latex.ins' should have come with this file. Run it through
-% (La)TeX to extract the bundled macro files.
-%
-% \fi
-\def\RCSinfo{$Id: cjw-latex.dtx,v 0.13 1998/09/01 15:54:20 cwynne Exp $}
-
-\def\RCSsplit $#1: #2,v #3 #4 #5 #6 #7${
- \gdef\filename {#2}
- \gdef\fileversion{#3}
- \gdef\filedate {#4}
- \gdef\filetime {#5}
- \gdef\fileauthor {#6}
- \gdef\filelocker {#7}}
-
-\expandafter\RCSsplit\RCSinfo
-%%
-%% \CharacterTable
-%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
-%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
-%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
-%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
-%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
-%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
-%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
-%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
-%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
-%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
-%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
-%%
-% \CheckSum{0}
-%
-% \iffalse
-%<*driver>
-
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesFile{cjw-latex.dtx}
- [\filedate\space v\fileversion\space
- Personal macros for LaTeX2e---CJW]
-
-\documentclass{ltxdoc}
- \usepackage{cjwmacro}
- % We need math---call it with all options to make sure they work.
- \usepackage[derivs,integrals,physics]{cjwmath}
-
-\GetFileInfo{cjw-ltr.dtx}
-\EnableCrossrefs
-% \DisableCrossrefs % Say \DisableCrossrefs if index is ready
-% \OnlyDescription % Comment out for implementation details
-\RecordChanges
-
-\begin{document}
- \DocInput{cjw-latex.dtx}
-\end{document}
-%</driver>
-% \fi
-%
-% \DeclareRobustCommand{\cseq}[1]{\texttt{\bslash#1}}
-% \DeclareRobustCommand{\pkg} [1]{\textsf{#1}}
-% \DeclareRobustCommand{\env} [1]{\textsf{#1}}
-%
-% \renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}}
-%
-% \title{The \pkg{cjw-latex} Macro Collection\thanks{%
-% This file has version \fileversion{} as of \filedate.}}
-% \author{Colin J.~Wynne\thanks{E-Mail at:
-% \texttt{cwynne@mts.jhu.edu}, \texttt{cwynne@jhu.edu}\,.}}
-% \date{\filedate}
-%
-% \maketitle
-%
-% \setcounter{StandardModuleDepth}{1}
-%
-% {\parskip 0pt ^^A % This is the hack used by |doc.dtx|.
-% ^^A % (bug in \LaTeX?)
-% \tableofcontents
-% }
-%
-% \section*{Introduction}
-%
-% I have been a \TeX{} user for quite a long time now. It was in my
-% junior year in college, in 1992, that one of my friends and one of
-% my math professors decided to warp my perception of reality and
-% introduce me to Dr.~Knuth's wonderful creation. In those days,
-% Plain-\TeX{} was the tool of choice, we coded everything ourselves
-% from primitives on up, logical markup was unknown, and \LaTeX{} was
-% known as Lame-\TeX. During my senior year I wrote an honors thesis
-% in mathematics which required quite a lot of things not present in
-% standard Plain-\TeX. My macro files grew, and grew, and\dots
-%
-% In the year following my graduation, I converted myself to \LaTeX{},
-% mostly because of the convergence my own personal modified
-% ePlain/NFSS1/Plain format was having towards \LaTeX{} in terms of
-% logical markup. Most of macros were easily converted into
-% \LaTeX{}-ese. They got more complicated from there.
-%
-% So now I regularly write up papers, letters, mathematical problem
-% sets, and just about anything else that uses the English language,
-% in \LaTeX. The macros have evolved quite a bit. More has been
-% added. I took to using the |dtx| format for most of my input files,
-% and finally decided to wrap my big three up into a single documented
-% source file.
-%
-% I hope that these macros will prove useful to somebody out there,
-% and if they do, feel free to buy me a beer next time you see me. I
-% have other |dtx| files available, including a modified \pkg{letter}
-% class which also does German formal letters, and a package for doing
-% outlines. Any package of mine should be identifiable on your
-% friendly neighborhood CTAN site with a name like
-% \verb+cjw*.(dtx|ins)+.
-%
-% \section{General macros}
-%
-% \iffalse
-%
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-%<general>\ProvidesPackage{cjwmacro}
-%<math>\ProvidesPackage{cjwmath}
-%<deriv>\ProvidesFile{cjwderiv.tex}
-%<integ>\ProvidesFile{cjwinteg.tex}
-%<phys>\ProvidesFile{cjwphys.tex}
-%<units>\ProvidesFile{cjwunits}
- [\filedate\space v\fileversion\space
-%<general> Personal macros for LaTeX2e---CJW]
-%<math> Math macros for LaTeX2e---CJW]
-%<deriv> Derivative macros for cjwmath.sty---CJW]
-%<integ> Integration macros for cjwmath.sty---CJW]
-%<phys> Physics macros for cjwmath.sty---CJW]
-%<units> Typesetting units in LaTeX2e---CJW]
-%
-%<*general>
-%
-%\fi
-%
-% I tend to organize my package files as follows---first come flow
-% control structures for the package itself, usually in the form of
-% new conditionals; then come the options; then comes the meat of the
-% package in some sort of vaguely thought out order. This package is
-% no exception.
-%
-% \subsection{Package initialization}
-%
-% Conditionals are usually used in conjunction with package options to
-% provide conditional inclusion of certain code, either \emph{via} an
-% \cseq{if}\dots{}\cseq{endif} block or using class options. For this
-% package, the subsystem in question is the inclusion of verbatim
-% typeset files.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newif\if@verbext \@verbextfalse
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Not surprisingly, this conditional is used directly by an option.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{verbext}{\@verbexttrue}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% I used to use options for the loading of additional packages. In
-% particular, when I used \pkg{psfig.new} which could not be handled
-% as a \LaTeXe{} package, I did this. Now that I use the \pkg{epsfig}
-% package that comes with \LaTeXe, I simply issue a warning to
-% include the package separately.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{psfig}{%
- \PackageWarning{cjwmacro}%
- {Obsolete option \CurrentOption. Use package `epsfig' instead.}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Since, however, using \pkg{pstricks} requires several files, I still
-% use a package option to take care of all of that. This option
-% checks for the existence of \emph{both} files before including
-% either, hence the nested calls to \cseq{InputIfFileExists}. A
-% similar option is used for \pkg{pst-plot.tex}, since is not
-% implemented as a package file.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{pstricks}{%
- \InputIfFileExists{pstricks.sty}{%
- \InputIfFileExists{pst-node.tex}{}{%
- \PackageError{cjwmacro}{File `pst-node.sty' not found.}{}}}%
- {\PackageError{cjwmacro}{File `pstricks.sty' not found.}{}}}
-
-\DeclareOption{psplot}{\InputIfFileExists{pst-plot.tex}{}{%
- \PackageError{cjwmacro}{File `pst-plot.tex' not found.}{}}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% The next two options are used to change behavior of some macros on
-% draft as opposed to final copies. Currently, only \cseq{ssbreak}
-% has such a dependency, and in final form it uses the PS-Tricks
-% package to typeset a nice section delimiter. Note the use of
-% \cseq{ExecuteOption} by the \pkg{final} option to make sure that
-% PS-Tricks is, indeed, available.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-% What to do for draft vs. final copy.
-\DeclareOption{draft}{%
- \def\ssbreakbar{\hbox to 2in{\hrulefill}}}
-\DeclareOption{final}{%
- \ExecuteOptions{pstricks}
- \def\ssbreakbar{%
- \psset{linewidth=0.4pt,unit=1in}%
- \pspicture(-2.5,-0.15)(2.5,0.15)%
- \qdisk(0,0){0.04}%
- \qdisk(0.33,0){0.02}%
- \qdisk(-0.33,0){0.02}%
- \pspolygon*(0.33,-0.02)(0.33,0.02)(1.75,0)%
- \pspolygon*(-0.33,-0.02)(-0.33,0.02)(-1.75,0)%
- \endpspicture}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% To finish off option handling, we declare a default (warn about
-% unknown options), execute defaults, and process the passed option
-% list.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption*{%
- \PackageWarning{cjwmacro}{Unknown option `\CurrentOption'}}
-\ExecuteOptions{draft}
-\ProcessOptions
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{General definitions}
-%
-% These general definitions set up some `meta-macros', to be used by
-% other commands.
-%
-% One of the things I liked a lot about \TeX{} was the use of
-% \cseq{let} to make aliases for existing commands without
-% sacrificing much of the control sequence space. In the spirit of
-% \LaTeXe, however, I have implemented this thrice with name
-% checking. Analogously to the \cseq{newcommand}-like macros, we
-% offer the following three:
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\alias} [2]{\@ifdefinable #1{\let #1 #2}}
-\alias\realias\let
-\newcommand{\providealias}[2]{\@ifundefined #1{\let #1 #2}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Usage is, for example,
-% \begin{display}{l}
-% \cseq{alias}\cseq{foo}\cseq{bar}
-% \end{display}
-% which makes \cseq{foo} an alias for \cseq{bar}. As expected,
-% \cseq{alias} only works if the new name is currently undefined and
-% \cseq{providealias} does nothing if its first argument is already
-% defined. Somewhat more lax than its counterpart
-% \cseq{renewcommand}, \cseq{realias} does not care if its first
-% argument is defined or not. In essence, that command is used to
-% unconditionally alias a command. This is why, oddly enough,
-% \cseq{realias} is itself just an alias of \cseq{let}. Is this
-% getting confusing yet?
-%
-% Next we input wholesale a few useful packages. These are still in
-% the spirit of meta-macros which define this section. The first
-% package, \pkg{amstext}, provides the \cseq{text} command, which
-% basically puts its argument in text mode inside a box, but in the
-% current style (textstyle, scriptstyle, etc.). This is used later
-% on. The \pkg{xspace} package is used for control sequences which
-% would encounter `the space problem' when expanded as is.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{amstext}
-\RequirePackage{xspace}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The command \cseq{intertext} from the \pkg{amsmath} package is quite
-% useful, but I do not want to include that entire package unless it
-% is necessary. Therefore, I make sure that command is defined one
-% way or another. I also give it the alias \cseq{rem} since I am
-% somewhat nostalgic about ancient forms of \textsf{\small BASIC}\dots{}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\providecommand{\intertext}[1]{\noalign{%
- \penalty\postdisplaypenalty\addvspace{ 0.5\belowdisplayskip}
- \vbox{\normalbaselines\noindent#1}%
- \penalty\predisplaypenalty\addvspace{0.5\abovedisplayskip}}}
-\alias\rem\intertext
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Next we define some font style names which will be used in some
-% contexts later. This is done to avoid hard-coding of certain styles
-% and to allow as much customization as possible.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\providecommand{\pagenofont} {\normalfont}
-\providecommand{\declarefont} {\normalfont\bfseries\mathversion{bold}}
-\providecommand{\altdeclarefont}{\normalfont\itshape}
-\providecommand{\captionfont} {\normalfont\itshape}
-\providecommand{\examplefont} {\normalfont}
-\providecommand{\altexamplefont}{\normalfont\itshape}
-\providecommand{\labelfont} {\normalfont\bfseries\mathversion{bold}}
-\providecommand{\timelinefont} {\normalfont}
-\providecommand{\titlefont} {\normalfont\bfseries\Large\mathversion{bold}}
-\providecommand{\verbatimfont} {\normalfont\ttfamily}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% The next few commands are for programming convenience. First we
-% want to be able to swap the definitions of two control sequences.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\swapdef}[2]{{%
- \let \@tempa #1\relax
- \global\let #1 #2\relax
- \global\let #2 \@tempa}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% We also want to be able to do the same for lengths (or glue or
-% whathaveyou).
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\swapdim}[2]{{%
- \@tempdima #1\relax
- \global #1 #2\relax
- \global #2 \@tempdima}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Next is a macro constructed from an exercise in \emph{The
-% \TeX{}book}, which takes three control sequences and expands them in
-% reverse order.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\expandthree}[2]{%
- \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter #1\expandafter #2}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% This next macro is modified from code I received in the
-% |comp.text.tex| newsgroup. According to the e-mail in which I
-% received it, the original source is a set of macros for
-% \emph{TUGboat}. It turns a number into an ordinal, finding the
-% correct ordinal label which is set as a superscript.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\nth}[1]{{%
- \@tempcnta = #1\relax
- \ifnum \@tempcnta < 0\relax % Make sure our number is
- \@tempcnta = -\@tempcnta % non-negative.
- \fi
- \ifnum \@tempcnta < 14\relax % Deal first with the
- \ifnum \@tempcnta > 10\relax % exceptions for
- \def\@tempa{th} % 11, 12, and 13.
- \fi
- \else
- \loop \ifnum\@tempcnta > 9\relax % Loop until the recursive
- \@tempcntb = \@tempcnta % remainder (mod 10) is
- \divide \@tempcntb by 10\relax % a single digit in order
- \multiply\@tempcntb by 10\relax % to successfully satisfy
- \advance \@tempcnta by -\@tempcntb% the ordinality test.
- \repeat
- \def\@tempa{\ifcase\@tempcnta % Figure the proper label:
- th% % 0th
- \or st% % 1st
- \or nd% % 2nd
- \or rd% % 3rd
- \else th% % nth
- \fi}
- \fi
- #1\ensuremath{^{\text{\@tempa}}}}} % Superscript the label in
- % math mode.
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Continuing in the vein of superscripts, we define two macros which
-% put their arguments as sub- and superscripts in script-script
-% style. This was motivated by such things as derivative indices
-% which look just plain ugly in script style.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\alias\sst\scriptscriptstyle
-\newcommand{\ssp}[1]{^{\sst#1}}
-\newcommand{\ssb}[1]{_{\sst#1}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% We now come to some very important and necessary macros, namely the
-% creation of typeset sideways \textsf{\small ASCII} smiley
-% faces. \smiley Since I like to be as general as possible, I have
-% also written an \cseq{emote} macro for indicating
-% emotions. \emote{smirk}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\smiley}[1][\@smiley]{%
- \edef\@sf{\spacefactor=\the\spacefactor}%
- \unskip\spacefactor=1000\relax\space #1\@sf\xspace}
-\newcommand{\@smiley}{%
- {\ttfamily\raise 0.078em\hbox{:}\kern-0.1em{-}\kern-0.1em{)}}}
-\newcommand{\emote}[1]{%
- \smiley[\ensuremath{\langle}\emph{#1}\ensuremath{\rangle}]}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Since I learned the good habit of doing so at Washington and Lee, I
-% often append pledges to my assignments. The generic pledge is
-% implemented as an environment. It formerly took an argument, the
-% date, but I decided that was superfluous, seeing as how the
-% assignment headers set the date once. Why risk inconsistency? Much
-% to my surprise, I found out that \LaTeXe's \cseq{maketitle} command
-% unsets not only the date holder, but also the command which is used
-% to set the date in the first place. Anyhow, this means that the
-% date \emph{does} need to be set, but I have left that to be done by
-% the headers. The \env{pledge} environment issues a warning if the
-% date is not set.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newenvironment{pledge}%
- {\ifx\@empty\@date
- \PackageWarning{cjwmacro}{Date is not set.}
- \fi
- \parskip=2pt \parindent=0pt\relax
- \null\vfill\begin{flushright}
- \itshape\small}
- {\\[5ex]\normalfont\footnotesize
- \makebox[2in]{\hrulefill}\quad\@date\\
- \makebox[2in]{Colin J.~Wynne}\quad{\hphantom{\@date}}\\
- \end{flushright}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The old Washington and Lee pledge lives on in my macros\dots{} It
-% requires one argument, namely the type of assignment being pledged.
-% The argument is optional, though, and a paper is assumed by default.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\wnlpledge}[1][paper]{%
- \ifx\@empty\@date
- \PackageWarning{cjwmacro}{Date is not set.}
- \fi
- \parskip=2pt \parindent=0pt\relax
- \null\vfill\begin{flushright}
- \itshape\small
- On my honour, I have neither given nor received\\
- any unacknowledged aid on this #1.\\[5ex]
- \normalfont\footnotesize
- \makebox[2in]{\hrulefill}\quad\@date\\
- \makebox[2in]{Colin J.~Wynne,~'94}\quad{\hphantom{\@date}}\\
- \end{flushright}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% As mentioned in the option section, there is a macro used to put
-% fancy section delimiters into, say, a story. The \cseq{ssbreak}
-% command expects the type of delimiter, the \cseq{ssbreakbar}, to be
-% defined. Since either \pkg{draft} or \pkg{final} must be chosen as
-% an option, this should be fine, but I have put a hopefully redundant
-% command in just in case.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\ssbreak}{\bigskip
- \centerline{\ssbreakbar}\bigbreak}
-\providecommand{\ssbreakbar}{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{Box formatting}
-%
-% I have written some of my own commands for handling boxes. The
-% first thing I wanted was an analog of \cseq{mbox} or \cseq{hbox} for
-% math mode. The simple version---\cseq{mathbox} puts its argument into an
-% \cseq{hbox}, in math mode, in the current style. The second version
-% is \cseq{Mathbox}, which takes two arguments, the first of which is
-% put in the box and evaluated \emph{before} math mode is entered.
-% This was done for a specific application where I needed to get the
-% contents of the \cseq{mathbox} itself into boldface. Of course,
-% \cseq{boldmath} cannot be evaluated within math mode. Note that the
-% style is chosen by the \cseq{mathpalette} macro, and that the
-% command \cseq{@mathbox} is essentially just a dummy to allow the
-% proper expansion of \cseq{mathpalette}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-% \mathbox puts its argument into an \hbox, in math mode, with the
-% current \...style.
-\def\mathbox #1{\hbox{$\mathpalette\@mathbox{#1}$}}
-\def\Mathbox #1#2{\hbox{#1$\mathpalette\@mathbox{#2}$}}
-\def\@mathbox#1#2{#1#2}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Now, there is a reason why these are defined with \cseq{def} and not
-% \cseq{newcommand}. You see, what I really wanted to do was
-% something like
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% \newcommand{\mathbox}[2][]{%
-% \hbox{#1$\mathpalette\@mathbox{#1}$}}
-% \newcommand{\@mathbox}[2]{#1#2}
-% \end{verbatim}
-% in order to get optional arguments to my \cseq{mathbox}es. The
-% problem, though, is that I want to use this command in the context
-% of |\box|$N$|=\mathbox{|\dots{}|}|, and for that to work, the first
-% token in the expansion of \cseq{mathbox} \emph{must} be a
-% |\|$?$|box| command. The overhead imposed by \cseq{newcommand}
-% precludes this. So, I use the cheap hack until I figure out a more
-% workable way of implementing what I really want.
-%
-% A more generically applicable box command is one which does unto
-% width what \cseq{smash} does to height. Hence \cseq{smush}:
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\smush}{\relax
- \ifmmode
- \def\next{\mathpalette\math@smush}
- \else
- \let\next\make@smush
- \fi \next}
-\newcommand{\make@smush}[1]{\setbox0=\hbox{#1}\fin@smush}
-\newcommand{\math@smush}[2]{\setbox0=\hbox{$\m@th#1{#2}$}\fin@smush}
-\newcommand{\fin@smush}{\wd0=0pt \box0 }
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% And finally, vaguely in the realm of boxes, we have struts. Here I
-% have defined some math struts of various sizes (corresponding to the
-% various delimiter sizes on which they are based).
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\bigmathstrut} {\vphantom{\big()}}
-\newcommand{\biggmathstrut}{\vphantom{\bigg()}}
-\newcommand{\Bigmathstrut} {\vphantom{\Big()}}
-\newcommand{\Biggmathstrut}{\vphantom{\Bigg()}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{Abbreviations, etc.}
-%
-% I have found myself using particular types of abbreviations quite
-% often---often enough that I wanted control sequences for them,
-% whence these first few specimens.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\ie} {\emph{i.e.}\xspace}
-\newcommand{\eg} {\emph{e.g.}\xspace}
-\newcommand{\heisst}{d.h\null.\xspace} % \dh is taken.
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Note the use of \cseq{xspace} so that explicit space need not be
-% given afterward. I did this mostly because I have never decided
-% whether or not I want to use a comma after either of this.
-%
-% The second type of abbreviation is the initial, or should I say
-% initials. I finally settled on a style I like---two initials should
-% be separated by a thinspace, and will of course need to have the
-% spacefactor adjusted if at the end of a sentence (followed by a
-% period, in particular). Here is the implementation:
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\initials}[2]{%
- \break@init #2
- \@ifdefinable #1{%
- \global\edef#1{%
- \noexpand\hbox{\@tempa.\noexpand\,\@tempb}%
- \noexpand\@ifnextchar.{\noexpand\@}{.\noexpand\xspace}}}}
-\def\break@init #1.#2.{%
- \def\@tempa{#1}\def\@tempb{#2}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% What happens is this. The \cseq{initials} command is given a
-% control sequence name and the initials to be used. The initials are
-% broken on the periods and returned in the specified tokens. Then,
-% if the control sequence is available for definition, it is defined
-% in such a way to make all the spacing and punctuation work out.
-% Since the tokens need to be expanded back to the separate initials,
-% an \cseq{edef} is required---at the same time, use of
-% \cseq{noexpand} is made to keep things from going kablooie at
-% definition time. Here are some standard initials by way of usage
-% example.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\initials{\UN}{U.N.}
-\initials{\US}{U.S.}
-\initials{\AI}{A.I.}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{Dates}
-%
-% I have had call to do a fair amount of \TeX{} in both English and
-% German. Therefore, in implementing the examples of date macros from
-% \emph{The \TeX{}book}, I have provided for both languages.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-% LaTeX style commands for date-parts, both English and German.
-\providecommand{\theday}{\number\day\relax}
-\providecommand{\themonth}{%
- \ifcase\month\or January\or February\or%
- March\or April\or May\or June\or July\or August\or%
- September\or October\or November\or December\fi}
-\providecommand{\themonat}{%
- \ifcase\month\or Januar\or Februar\or%
- M\"arz\or April\or Mai\or Juni\or Juli\or August\or%
- September\or Oktober\or November\or Dezember\fi}
-\providecommand{\theyear}{\number\year\relax}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Note that \cseq{today} is unconditionally defined by the following
-% underhandedness.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\providecommand{\today}{}
-\renewcommand{\today}{\theday~\themonth, \theyear\xspace}
-\providecommand{\heute}{}
-\renewcommand{\heute}{den~\theday.\ \themonat\ \theyear\xspace}
- \alias\gdate\heute
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{Page styles and titles}
-%
-% We are finally into the realm of more traditional package macros,
-% namely creating some general page appearances. Here I have
-% redefined the \pkg{plain} pagestyle to take advantage of the
-% \cseq{pagenofont} defined above.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\renewcommand{\ps@plain}{%
- \let\@mkboth \@gobbletwo
- \let\@oddhead \@empty
- \let\@evenhead\@empty
- \def\@oddfoot{\pagenofont\hfil\thepage\hfil}
- \let\@evenfoot\@oddfoot}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The \pkg{topright} pagestyle has page numbers (strangely enough) at the top
-% right of the page.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\ps@topright}{%
- \let\@mkboth \@gobbletwo
- \def\@oddhead{\pagenofont\hfil\thepage}
- \let\@evenhead\@oddhead
- \let\@oddfoot \@empty
- \let\@evenfoot\@empty}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{Text formatting}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Timelines}
-%
-% A timeline is a long, running, two-column format used, for example,
-% to do r\'esum\'es or vit\ae (or, if you are in Germany, a
-% \emph{Lebenslauf}). The idea is that a date (or some identifying
-% information) appears at the left, and the content is given in the
-% righthand column. The usage is
-% \begin{display}{l}
-% |\timeline[|\meta{pos}|]{|\meta{date}|}|
-% \end{display}
-% where \meta{pos} is exactly the argument to \cseq{makebox}, the
-% justification of the \meta{date} entry within the lefthand column.
-% That column has length \cseq{timelineskip}, which can off course be
-% set as desired.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newlength{\timelineskip}
-\setlength{\timelineskip}{1.75in}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The actual entries are not considered to be two separate columns.
-% Rather, the first line is padded out to \cseq{timelineskip} with
-% makebox, and following lines use a hanging indentation. The control
-% sequence \cseq{endtimeline} is defined trivially so that a timeline
-% entry may be used as a \env{timeline} environment.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\timeline}[2][l]{%
- \noindent\hangindent=\timelineskip
- \makebox[\timelineskip][#1]{\timelinefont{#2}}\ignorespaces}
-\let\endtimeline\relax
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Mathematical declarations}
-%
-% In writing up mathematics, one often wishes to declare definitions,
-% theorems, and so forth. I have written generic declaration macros
-% which can be customized for these uses. Since I prefer to have all
-% such things numbered seuqentially, they use a common counter, called
-% \cseq{declare}, strangely enough. They are numbered within sections
-% if sections are being numbered.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@ifundefined{c@section}
- {\newcounter{declare}}
- {\newcounter{declare}[section]
- \renewcommand{\thedeclare}{\thesection.\arabic{declare}}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% When declarations are numbered, it is sometime nice to have the
-% declaration type and number appear uniformly wide throughout. This
-% is done by forcing the declaration to appear in a box of width
-% \cseq{declareindent}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newlength{\declareindent}
- \setlength{\declareindent}{0pt}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% We use some internal commands to specify exactly how the declaration
-% is typeset. In fact, we will be defining not only declaration, but
-% an alternate declaration form so that two different methods may be
-% used simultaneously in a document---\eg, when theorems and major
-% results are to be italicized, but definitions and so forth are not.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\@declare} [1]{{\declarefont#1:}\quad}
-\newcommand{\@altdeclare}[1]{{\altdeclarefont#1:}\quad}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The generic declarations are environments, and are provided in both
-% numbered (normal) and unnumbered (starred) forms. The latter are
-% more simple.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newenvironment{declaration*}[1]%
- {\medbreak\noindent\ignorespaces
- \@declare{#1}\ignorespaces}%
- {\kern0pt\nobreak\smallskip}
-\newenvironment{altdeclaration*}[1]%
- {\medbreak\noindent\ignorespaces
- \@altdeclare{#1}\ignorespaces}%
- {\kern0pt\nobreak\smallskip}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The numbered versions introduce nothing surprising, but are a tad
-% more involved.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newenvironment{declaration}[1]%
- {\medbreak\refstepcounter{declare}
- \noindent\ignorespaces
- \ifnum\declareindent = 0\relax%
- \@declare{\thedeclare\quad #1}
- \else
- \makebox[\declareindent]{\@declare{\thedeclare\hss #1}}
- \fi\ignorespaces}
- {\kern0pt\nobreak\smallskip}
-\newenvironment{altdeclaration}[1]%
- {\medbreak\noindent\ignorespaces
- \refstepcounter{declare}
- \ifnum\declareindent = 0\relax
- \@altdeclare{\thedeclare\quad #1}
- \else
- \makebox[\declareindent]{\@altdeclare{\thedeclare\hss #1}}
- \fi\ignorespaces}
- {\kern0pt\nobreak\smallskip}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Now, because I am essentially lazy and do not want the extra typing
-% needed for an environment, I have shortcuts, \cseq{declare} and
-% \cseq{altdeclare}, as well as numbered versions \cseq{ndeclare} and
-% \cseq{altndeclare}. The first argument is passed to the
-% corresponding environment, and the following paragraph is the body
-% of the environment.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\declare #1#2\par{%
- \begin{declaration*}{#1}#2\end{declaration*}\par}
-\def\altdeclare #1#2\par{%
- \begin{altdeclaration*}{#1}#2\end{altdeclaration*}\par}
-\def\ndeclare #1#2\par{%
- \begin{declaration}{#1}#2\end{declaration}\par}
-\def\altndeclare#1#2\par{%
- \begin{altdeclaration}{#1}#2\end{altdeclaration}\par}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Genreality is all well and good, but there are some stock
-% declarations, given here in both numbered and unnumbered versions.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\providecommand{\corollary} {\declare{Corollary}}
-\providecommand{\definition} {\declare{Definition}}
-\providecommand{\lemma} {\declare{Lemma}}
-\providecommand{\proposition} {\declare{Proposition}}
-\providecommand{\theorem} {\declare{Theorem}}
-\providecommand{\note} {\altdeclare{Note}}
-
-\providecommand{\ncorollary} {\ndeclare{Corollary}}
-\providecommand{\ndefinition} {\ndeclare{Definition}}
-\providecommand{\nlemma} {\ndeclare{Lemma}}
-\providecommand{\nproposition}{\ndeclare{Proposition}}
-\providecommand{\ntheorem} {\ndeclare{Theorem}}
-\providecommand{\nnote} {\altndeclare{Note}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% In addition, the following German declaration (meaning a claim) is
-% also defined.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\providecommand{\behaupt} {\declare{Behauptung}}
-\providecommand{\nbehaupt} {\ndeclare{Behauptung}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Finally, since one is not likely to mix numbered and unnumbered,
-% here is a control sequence that will make sure everything is
-% numbered.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\allndeclares}{%
- \let\declare \ndeclare
- \let\altdeclare \altndeclare}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Now that we have propositions, claims, and theorems (oh my!), we
-% want to be able to prove them. The first step is to define a proof
-% environment. The environment simply sets up a label and some
-% spacing. The label is in |\altdeclarefont|. The label is an
-% optional argument which defaults to `Proof', oddly enough.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newenvironment{proof}[1][Proof]%
- {\smallbreak\noindent{\altdeclarefont#1:}%
- \quad\ignorespaces}%
- {\qed}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Just in case you are prooving in German, we also have the following:
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newenvironment{beweis}[1][Beweis]%
- {\smallbreak\noindent{\altdeclarefont#1:}%
- \quad\ignorespaces}%
- {\qed}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Note that the end of a proof has the command |\qed|, which we will
-% unconditionally define here. This is adapted from \emph{The
-% \TeX{}book}. The idea is to right justify |\qedsymbol| on the line
-% where |\qed| is invoked, unless there is not a comfortable amount of
-% room. That amount is given as 2\,em. When this happens, the line
-% is broken and the |\qedsymbol| appears flush right on the following
-% line.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\providecommand{\qed}{}
- \renewcommand{\qed}{%
- {\unskip\nobreak\hfil\penalty 50%
- \hskip 2em\hbox{}\nobreak\hfil\qedsymbol%
- \parfillskip=0pt \finalhyphendemerits=0 \par}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The standard end-of-proof symbol is a box, but I prefer somewhat
-% less ink. I use \TeX's hollow diamond suit symbol (again
-% unconditionally defined).
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\providecommand{\qedsymbol}{}
- \renewcommand{\qedsymbol}{\lower 0.35ex\hbox{$\diamondsuit$}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% In case it is desired, the box symbol is defined as |\qedbox|, and
-% then with a simple alias this can be used to end all proofs.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \newcommand{\qedbox}{\vrule height4pt width3pt depth2pt}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Now we wish to define control sequences for some constructions
-% commonly found in proofs. I often find myself writing out proofs
-% which require cases. There are two types of cases. Often I will
-% want to have two cases, one for each definition of an equivalence
-% for example. In this case, the case delimiters will be something
-% like |\then| and |\when| commands, and should be set in parentheses
-% to mark them clearly. The other type is the more general `Case
-% $n$:' (where $n$, one hopes, will not be \emph{too} large). To
-% cover both of these, we use a fairly typical \LaTeX{} conceit:
-% \begin{display}{l}
-% |\Case*{|\meta{case}|}|
-% \end{display}
-% where the unstarred argument sets \meta{case} inside parentheses and
-% the star supresses the parentheses. A German alias is given.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\Case}{\@ifstar{\@starCase}{\@Case}}
-\newcommand{\@starCase}[1]{\@@Case{#1}}
-\newcommand{\@Case}[1]{\@@Case{(#1)}}
-\newcommand{\@@Case}[1]{%
- \noindent{\declarefont#1}\quad\ignorespaces}
-\alias\Fall\Case
-% \end{macrocode}
-% And finally, just in case the proof is by contradiction, we have the
-% following.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\contra}{\ensuremath{\Rightarrow\Leftarrow}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-%
-% \subsubsection{Problems and examples}
-%
-% In addition to declarations, and for subjects other than
-% mathematics, one might want to provide examples and worked
-% problems. I implement examples as a separate environment (well,
-% \emph{four} separate environments) so that they may have fonts
-% distinct from declarations.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newenvironment{example*}%
- {\@nameuse{declaration*}{Example}\examplefont}
- {\medbreak}
-\newenvironment{altexample*}%
- {\@nameuse{declaration*}{Example}\examplefont}
- {\medbreak}
-\newenvironment{example}%
- {\declaration{Example}\examplefont}
- {\medbreak}
-\newenvironment{altexample}%
- {\declaration{Example}\examplefont}
- {\medbreak}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Problems are handled differently. In my experience, problems do not
-% appear in longwinded documents using sectioning, and so the counter
-% need not be embedded.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcounter{problem}
- \setcounter{problem}{0}
-\renewcommand{\theproblem}{\arabic{problem}}
-\renewcommand{\p@problem}{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Often when working a problem, one wishes to include a reference to
-% the source. This is accomplished via the \cseq{Page} macro. Usage
-% is
-% \begin{display}{l}
-% |\Page*[|\meta{author}|]{|\meta{pp}|}{|\meta{problem}|}|
-% \end{display}
-% In the \LaTeX{} tradition, the standard command tries to outguess
-% you by prepending a hash `\#' to the problem number, whereas the
-% starred version omits this. Thus, the standard version produces
-% \begin{display}{l}
-% ([\meta{author},~]p.\,\meta{pp}, \#\meta{problem})
-% \end{display}
-% and \cseq{Page*} leaves off the hash. Notice that the space between
-% author and page number is inserted by the macro. The macro is
-% defined robustly so that it can be used in moving arguments.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareRobustCommand{\Page}{%
- \@ifstar{\@Page{}}{\@Page{\#}}}
-\def\@Page#1{%
- \@ifnextchar [{\@@Page{#1}}{\@@Page{#1}[]}}
-\def\@@Page#1[#2]#3#4{%
- \def\@tempa{#2}%
- \ifx\@empty\@tempa%
- \let\@tempb\@tempa%
- \else%
- \edef\@tempb{\@tempa,~}%
- \fi%
- (\@tempb p.\,#3, #1{#4})}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% The statement of a problem is given in an environment, again so that
-% font customization can be easily done. The \env{statement}
-% environment takes a single optional argument, which is typeset at
-% the beginning of the statement in \cseq{altdeclarefont}. The rest
-% of the statement is in \cseq{declarefont}. I use the optional
-% argument to pass a \cseq{Page} reference most often---note, though,
-% that if the optional argument to \cseq{Page} is used, the whole
-% \cseq{Page} command should be put in braces sp that the square
-% brackets of optional arguments do not get confused.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newenvironment{statement}[1][\null]%
- {\def\@tempa{#1}\def\@tempb{\null}%
- \ifx\@tempa\@tempb%
- \def\@tempc{\null}%
- \else%
- \def\@tempc{\altdeclarefont\@tempa\quad}%
- \fi%
- \declarefont{\@tempc}\ignorespaces}
- {\removelastskip\nopagebreak\smallskip}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% A problem, now, is basically just a wrapper for the statement. It
-% generates and sets the problem number, does some spacing, and the
-% body of the \env{problem} environment becomes the body of the
-% \env{statement}. In essence, a \env{problem} is a numbered
-% \env{statement}. There is a starred version which does not do
-% numbers and references---this just does the correct spacing and
-% calls \env{statement}. Note that the problem number is set using a
-% macro from the \pkg{cjw-outl} package.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newenvironment{problem}%
- {\setcounter{equation}{0}%
- \gdef\theequation{\theproblem.\arabic{equation}}%
- \removelastskip\medbreak%
- \refstepcounter{problem}%
- \noindent\theoutlabel{\theproblem.}%
- \statement}
- {\endstatement}
-\newenvironment{problem*}%
- {\removelastskip\medbreak%
- \noindent\statement}
- {\endstatement}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Since I have been known to write assignments in German, we provide
-% the aliases to make an \env{aufgabe} environment.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\alias \aufgabe \problem
-\realias\endaufgabe\endproblem
-% \end{macrocode}
-% For parts and subparts of problems, the aliases are English and the
-% main definitions are German because I wrote these while I was in
-% Germany. So, parts (\emph{Teile}) are numbered within problems and
-% subparts (\emph{Subteile}) within parts. The defaults for
-% cross-referencing (the \cseq{p@} forms) are set, too.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcounter{teil} [problem]
-\newcounter{steil}[teil]
-\renewcommand{\theteil} {(\alph{teil})}
- \renewcommand{\p@teil} {\theproblem}
-\renewcommand{\thesteil} {(\roman{steil})}
- \renewcommand{\p@steil}{\p@teil\theteil}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The environment \env{part}/\env{teil} used to be implemented
-% entirely in terms of the \pkg{cjw-outl} package, but that was a
-% little bit of overkill, and made the numbering more difficult to
-% implement. I ought to one day implement problems/parts/subparts
-% entirely in terms of the outline macros. We'll see.
-%
-% Anyway, the current implementations still rely on some of the
-% definitions from the \pkg{cjw-outl} package. The
-% \env{part}/\env{teil} environments take a single optional argument,
-% namely the outline depth. Level one starts the text flush left at
-% the margin, which is usually where the \env{problem} is, hence a
-% \env{part} should be at level two, and this is the default. A more
-% detailed explanation of the goings-on here can be found in
-% \pkg{cjw-outl.dtx}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newenvironment{teil}[1][2]%
- {\@tempcnta=#1\advance\@tempcnta by -1\relax
- \ifnum\@tempcnta < 1\relax
- \leftskip=0pt\relax
- \else
- \leftskip=\@tempcnta\outlindent
- \fi
- \refstepcounter{teil}
- \addvspace{\medskipamount}%
- \noindent\theoutlabel{\theteil}%
- \ignorespaces}
- {\par\smallbreak}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The default level for \env{ppart} or \env{steil}, the subpart
-% environments, is three.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newenvironment{steil}[1][3]%
- {\@tempcnta=#1\advance\@tempcnta by -1\relax
- \ifnum\@tempcnta < 1\relax
- \leftskip=0pt\relax
- \else
- \leftskip=\@tempcnta\outlindent
- \fi
- \refstepcounter{steil}
- \addvspace{\medskipamount}%
- \noindent\theoutlabel{\thesteil}%
- \ignorespaces}
- {\par\smallbreak}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% English aliases are, of course, given.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\realias\part \teil
-\realias\endpart \endteil
-\alias \ppart \steil
-\realias\endppart\endsteil
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Footnotes}
-%
-% This is a simple modification to a standard \LaTeXe{} internal
-% macro, because I prefer hanging indentation on my footnote text.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\long\def\@makefntext#1{%
- \parindent 1em\noindent\hangindent=\parindent%
- \hb@xt@ 1em{\hss \llap{\@makefnmark} }#1}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Text displays}
-%
-% I have turned the \cseq{begindisplay} and \cseq{enddisplay} macro
-% pair from \emph{The \TeX{}book} (page~421) into a \LaTeX{}
-% environment. As with Knuth's macros, local definitions for use
-% within the display can be given, in this case via the
-% \env{display}'s optional argument. Since the environment is
-% implemented through the standard \env{tabular} environment, there is
-% a mandatory argument specifying column layout. Overall, usage is
-% \begin{display}{l}
-% \cseq{begin}|{display}[|\meta{local}|]{|\meta{cols}|}|
-% \end{display}
-% with local definitions \meta{local} and column descriptol
-% \meta{col}. (By the way, the previous display was created with the
-% \env{display} environment\dots)
-%
-% The display's offset from the left margin is specified by
-% \cseq{textdisplay indent}. Default value is equal to
-% \cseq{parindent}, and is therefore set below, after
-% \cseq{parindent}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newlength{\textdisplayindent}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The actual \env{display} environment uses the spacing and penalties
-% of mathematical displays.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newenvironment{display}[2][]
- {\vadjust{\penalty\predisplaypenalty}
- \@newline[\abovedisplayskip]%
- \begingroup%
- #1%
- \begin{tabular}{@{\null\hspace{\textdisplayindent}\null}#2}}
- {\end{tabular}\endgroup
- \vadjust{\penalty\postdisplaypenalty}
- \@newline[\belowdisplayskip]\ignorespaces}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{Verbatim inclusions}
-%
-% Since I only occassionally need to include verbatim files, the
-% following macros need to be specifically included by a package
-% option, as was mentioned above.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\if@verbext
-% \end{macrocode}
-% For numbered inclusions, we need a line number counter.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcounter{vfline}
-\renewcommand{\thevfline}{\arabic{vfline}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% We need the following command from \emph{The \TeX{}book}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\providecommand{\uncatcodespecials}{%
- \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=12 }\dospecials}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The basic command is \cseq{verbfile} which takes an optional
-% argument specifying the starting line number (default is one), and a
-% mandatory argument which is, of course, the name of the file to
-% include. There is also \cseq{verbfilenolines} which does not number
-% lines, and needs only the one mandatory argument.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\providecommand{\verbfile}[2][1]{%
- \par\begingroup\@vf@lines{#1}\input{#2}\relax\endgroup}
-\providecommand{\verbfilenolines}[1]{%
- \par\begingroup\@vf@nolines\input{#1}\relax\endgroup}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% In the manner of command which need to do \cseq{catcode} trickery,
-% the above are primarily wrappers for the real commands. The one
-% problem with these as currently implemented is that they do not
-% handle leading space in the included file. Oh, well.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\@vf@lines}[1]{%
- \verbatimfont
- \setcounter{vfline}{#1}
- \addtocounter{vfline}{-1}
- \setlength{\parindent}{0pt}
- \setlength{\parskip}{0pt}
- \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}
- \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \obeyspaces
- \everypar{\null\stepcounter{vfline}%
- \llap{\scriptsize\thevfline\quad}\null}}
-\newcommand{\@vf@nolines}{%
- \verbatimfont
- \setlength{\parindent}{0pt}
- \setlength{\parskip}{0pt}
- \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}
- \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \obeyspaces
- \everypar{\null}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Now we end the inclusion conditional.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{Initialization}
-%
-% We use the \cseq{AtBeginDocument} command to set up some default
-% values when the document is actually started.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\AtBeginDocument{%
- \setlength{\parindent} {20pt}
- \setlength{\parskip} { 2pt plus 1pt}
- \setlength{\textdisplayindent}{\parindent}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \iffalse
-%
-%</general>
-%
-% \fi
-%
-%
-% \section{Math macros}
-%
-% \iffalse
-%
-%<*math>
-%
-% \fi
-%
-% While some macros useful for typesetting mathematics have already
-% been covered, none of them had to do with mathematical equations or
-% symbols---they were macros for logical flow and delineation. In
-% this package, \pkg{cjwmath}, I have written macros which are
-% specifically for typesetting the actual math---the vast majority of
-% these macros, if not actually all of them, are meant to be used in
-% math mode.
-%
-% \subsection{Package initialization}
-%
-% Since different papers require different types of math, I have again
-% used the introduction of conditionals and package options to control
-% what code is actually loaded. The important one concerns use of the
-% AMS math packages in AMS-\LaTeX. This is included as an option to
-% my package because some of my definitions depend upon whether the
-% AMS macros are being used. There are conditionals for including
-% code for calculus (both derivatives and integrals) and some code for
-% physics.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newif \if@amsmath
-\newif \if@derivatives
-\newif \if@integrals
-\newif \if@physics
-% \end{macrocode}
-% There are options corresponding to each conditional.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{amsmath} {\@amsmathtrue}
-\DeclareOption{derivs} {\@derivativestrue}
-\DeclareOption{integrals}{\@integralstrue}
-\DeclareOption{physics} {\@physicstrue}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% There used to be another option for typesetting units. While I
-% originally included that code in this package directly, I found
-% several occasions where I wanted units but not the rest of the math
-% code. Therefore, units are in a separate package, and the option
-% now just reminds the user to input that package by itself.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{units}{%
- \PackageWarning{cjwmath}%
- {Obsolete option \CurrentOption. Use package `cjwunits' instead.}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Finally, there is a default option, to warn about unknown options,
-% and the passed option list is processed.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption*{%
- \PackageWarning{cjwmath}{Unknown option `\CurrentOption'}}
-\ProcessOptions
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% This package depends upon the previous one.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{cjwmacro}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% It also uses the AMS fonts, for which we require \pkg{amssymb},
-% which itself requires \pkg{amsfonts}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{amssymb}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Just in case things get screwy in \pkg{cjwmacro}---which they
-% shouldn't, we explicitly require \pkg{amstext} here, too, for the
-% \cseq{text} command.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{amstext}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% I much prefer the following package to AMS's own blackboard bold
-% font.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{bbm}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% If the \pkg{amsmath} option is specified, we load the package (which
-% itself brings in a lot of other stuff).
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\if@amsmath
- \RequirePackage{amsmath}
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{Miscellaneous macros}
-%
-% Here is a package command which I have written to cover the
-% shortcomings of AMS-\LaTeX's |\DeclareNewMathOperator| command. In
-% particular, I would like to be able to set different fonts for some
-% operators. The syntax is
-% \begin{display}{l}
-% |\NewMathOp*[|\meta{font}|]{\cs}{|\meta{text}|}|
-% \end{display}
-% The optional star makes an operator with limits. The \meta{font}
-% is, by default, |\operator@font|. |\cs| is the name of the new
-% mathop. \meta{text} should be the printed version of the operator,
-% but may also include, for example, extra kerning information, as in
-% \begin{display}{l}
-% |\NewMathOp[\mathfrak]{\so}{o\kern 0pt}|
-% \end{display}
-% The command should produce something robust.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareRobustCommand{\NewMathOp}{%
- \@ifstar{\@makenewop{\displaylimits}}
- {\@makenewop{\nolimits}}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The first iteration applies a font if the optional argument is not
-% given.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@makenewop#1{%
- \@ifnextchar [{\@@makenewop{#1}}
- {\@@makenewop{#1}[\operator@font]}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Finally, the net operator itself is declared robustly. The
-% arguments are, in order, either |\displaylimits| or |\nolimits|, the
-% font, the control sequence, and the operator text.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@@makenewop#1[#2]#3#4{%
- \DeclareRobustCommand{#3}{%
- \mathop{\kern\z@{#2{#4}}}#1}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% The next few macros have to do with things not specific to any
-% particular flavor of mathematics. For example, I like some of the
-% alternate Greek characters more than the originals---notice how we
-% cleverly required the \pkg{cjwmacro} package which gives us the
-% \cseq{swapdef} command.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\swapdef{\epsilon}{\varepsilon}
-% \swapdef{\theta}{\vartheta}
-\swapdef{\rho}{\varrho}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% I also like the empty set symbol from AMS, to which I also assign a
-% German alias.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\swapdef{\nothing}{\varnothing}
-\alias\leer\nothing
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The standard symbols `$\exists$' and `$\forall$' do not have
-% satisfactory spacing, in my opinion, so I redefine them as
-% relations. Notice the aliasing so that the symbols' redefinition
-% can be carried out regardless of current math fonts.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\alias\@@exists\exists
- \renewcommand{\exists}{\mathrel{\@@exists}}
-\alias\@@forall\forall
- \renewcommand{\forall}{\mathrel{\@@forall}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% What \LaTeX{} cleverly calls \cseq{ni} (a backwards `$\in$') really
-% ought to mean `such that,' hence I rename it:
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\st}{\mathrel{\ni}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Being essentially lazy, I also prefer to make a nice control
-% sequence for some standard abbreviations. One happens to be
-% German (since in German it is more acceptable to use abbreviations
-% of long phrases even in a more formal setting).
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\WLOG}{Without loss of generality\xspace}
-\newcommand{\Wlog}{without loss of generality\xspace}
-\newcommand{\obda}{o.B.d.A.\xspace}
-\newcommand{\fp}{floating-point\xspace}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The following two commands are simply for phantoms I often find
-% myself using, for example to make alignments in arrays and matrices
-% come out right. The mnemonic is `phantom negative' or `phantom equals'.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\pneg}{\phantom{-}}
-\newcommand{\peq}{\phantom{=}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Going probably too far into the realm of generalization, here are
-% some macros to set their arguments inside matching scaled delimiters
-% of various sorts.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\anglebrackets}[1]{%
- \left\langle #1 \right\rangle}
-\newcommand{\curlybrackets}[1]{%
- \left\{ #1 \right\}}
-\newcommand{\squarebrackets}[1]{%
- \left[ #1 \right]}
-\newcommand{\vertbrackets}[1]{%
- \left| #1 \right|}
-\newcommand{\Vertbrackets}[1]{%
- \left\| #1 \right\|}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% And now for something completely different---sometimes an operand
-% should be left generic, but not in terms of a variable. The usual
-% way of accomplishing this is to place a small dot where the argument
-% would otherwise go. As I consider this to imply `no argument', the
-% command is |\noarg|.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\noarg}{\,\cdot\,}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% We end with a few things that should be fairly obvious.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\ee}[1]{\times10^{#1}}
-\newcommand{\half}{\sfrac12}
-\newcommand{\ninfty}{-\infty}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% This is shorthand for function definitions, including an extra
-% control sequence for some backwards compatibility and an alias to
-% German.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\fcn}[2]{\colon{#1}\rightarrow{#2}}
- \newcommand{\mapping}[3]{{#1}\fkt{#2}{#3}}
-\alias\fkt\fcn
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Restrictions of functions:
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\restr}[2][\big]{\kern -.1em #1|_{#2}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-%
-% \subsection{Combinatorics}
-%
-% The binomial coefficient $\choose{n}{k}$ is defined, depending on
-% whether or not AMS-\LaTeX{} is being used.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\if@amsmath
- \realias\choose\binom
-\else
- \renewcommand{\choose}[2]{{{#1}\atopwithdelims(){#2}}}
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% And lastly, we have the combinatorial doohickie which is read as
-% `$n$ multichoose $k$', using doubled parentheses as delimiters. I
-% think this comes out looking right.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\mchoose}[2]{%
- \mathchoice%
- {\left(\kern-0.48em\choose{#1}{#2}\kern-0.48em\right)}
- {\left(\kern-0.30em
- \choose{\smash{#1}}{\smash{#2}}\kern-0.30em\right)}
- {\left(\kern-0.30em
- \choose{\smash{#1}}{\smash{#2}}\kern-0.30em\right)}
- {\left(\kern-0.30em
- \choose{\smash{#1}}{\smash{#2}}\kern-0.30em\right)}
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% There is also the old-fashioned $\Comb{n}{k}$-type notation, as used
-% both in English and in German.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\Comb}[2]{% % C
- {}_{#1}{\operator@font C}_{#2}} % #1 #2
-\newcommand{\Komb}[2]{% % #2
- {\operator@font Ko}_{#1}^{#2}} % Ko
-\newcommand{\Kombun}[2]{\Komb{#1,\neq}{#2}} % #1
-\newcommand{\Perm}[2]{% % #2
- {\operator@font Pe}_{#1}^{#2}} % Pe
-\newcommand{\Permun}[2]{\Perm{#1,\neq}{#2}} % #1
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{Sets}
-%
-% The most important macro in this section is named, of course,
-% |\set|. The idea is to make sets which look like
-% \begin{displaymath}
-% \set{x \in \R^2}{\norm{x}_p = 1 \forall p = 1,2,3,\ldots}.
-% \end{displaymath}
-% That is, there should be scaled braces around two halves separated
-% by a scaled logical delimiter, the vertical bar. The problem with
-% this is getting everything the same height, since the $\mid$
-% specifier does not scale and there is no middle-counterpart to
-% |\left|\dots|\right|.
-%
-% So, the command has the form:
-% \begin{display}{l}
-% |\set[|\meta{mid}|]{|\meta{left}|}{|\meta{right}|}|
-% \end{display}
-% The optional \meta{mid} specifies an alternate delimiter to use
-% between the two definition halves of the set. If it is left
-% \emph{empty}, the null delimiter `.' will be assumed. If anything
-% at all appears in the optional argument, though, the first token
-% \emph{must} be a delimiter, as it will immediately be preceded by a
-% sizing macro. For example, if you wish to use a colon to separate
-% the definitions, use `|[.:]|' as the optional argument. The
-% mandatory \meta{left} and \meta{right} are simply the halves of the
-% set definition.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\set}[3][|]{{%
- \newdimen\@tempdimd%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Each half is set in its own box, then the larger of the respective
-% heights and depths are determined.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \setbox0=\mathbox{#2}\@tempdima=\ht0 \@tempdimb=\dp0%
- \setbox0=\mathbox{#3}\@tempdimc=\ht0 \@tempdimd=\dp0%
- \ifdim\@tempdimc > \@tempdima
- \@tempdima=\@tempdimc
- \fi
- \ifdim\@tempdimd > \@tempdimb
- \@tempdimb=\@tempdimb
- \fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% We create an invisible rule with that height and depth, and make
-% sure we have a valid delimiter if the optional argument is empty.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \def\@tempa{\vrule width0pt height\@tempdima depth\@tempdimb}
- \def\@tempb{#1}
- \ifx\@empty\@tempb
- \def\@tempb{.}
- \fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Finally, we use a null left delimiter to balance the middle
-% delimiter, and then a left brace to balance the right brace. The
-% rule is set inside both pairs so that they scale identically. Note
-% the use of |\expandafter| so that when the first |\right| is
-% expanded, it can grab the delimiter in |\@tempb|.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \left.\left\{ \@tempa{#2} \,\expandafter\right\@tempb\,{#3} \right\} }}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% For backwards compatibility, I make two aliases for |\set|; the old
-% commands required the user to specify the larger side of the set
-% definition in order to get sizing correct.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\alias\setl\set
-\alias\setr\set
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Here are some macros for typesetting sets symbolically. First off,
-% we might want to know how to typeset a level set.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\lvl}[2][\alpha]{\Gamma\ssb{#2}\ssp{(#1)}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% There are also fuzzy sets, and their corresponding level sets.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\if@amsmath
- \newcommand{\fset}[1]{\Tilde{#1}}
-\else
- \newcommand{\fset}[1]{\tilde{#1}}
-\fi
-\newcommand{\flvl}[2][\alpha]{\lvl[#1]{\fset{#2}}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% For want of a better font, I will typeset set collections
-% in |\mathcal|.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\alias\coll\mathcal
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Finally, we deal with some set operators.
-% \emph{The \TeX{}book} points out the difference between |\setminus|
-% and |\backslash|. I prefer to think of them as `set
-% complementation' and `coset', respectively.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\alias\scomp\setminus
-\alias\coset\backslash
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The next macro attempts to create a symmetric difference operator.
-% I don't like it, but I probably won't do better until I learn to
-% make my own \textsf{M{\small ETAFONT}} characters\ldots
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\symmdiff}{%
- \mathbin{\text{\footnotesize$\bigtriangleup$}}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-%
-% \subsection{Sequences and series}
-%
-% Just a few macros are required for various sequences and series,
-% mostly for indexing. The best explanation is simply an example.
-% The code
-% \begin{display}{l}
-% |$y \in \seq{x_{ij}}$, where $i\inset{n}$, $j\inrange[0]{m}$|
-% \end{display}
-% produces
-% \begin{display}{l}
-% $y \in \seq{x_{ij}}$, where $i\inset{n}$, $j\inrange[0]{m}$.
-% \end{display}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\seq} [1] {\curlybrackets{#1}}
-\newcommand{\inset} [2][1]{\in\{ #1,\ldots,#2 \}}
-\newcommand{\inrange}[2][1]{ = #1,\ldots,#2}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-%
-% \subsection{Calculus}
-%
-% The calculus macros are relegated to auxiliary files, as I rarely
-% need them.
-%
-% \subsubsection{Derivatives}
-%
-% We load the derivatives in if they are requested.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\if@derivatives
- \InputIfFileExists{cjwderiv.tex}{}{%
- \PackageWarning{cjwmath}{Option `cjwderiv.tex' not found.}
- \@@derivativesfalse}
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% This loads both simple and partial derivative macros.
-%\iffalse
-%</math>
-%<*deriv>
-%\fi
-%
-% The derivatives are all variations on the basic |\dd| macro, which
-% should be fairly self explanatory.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\dd} [2]{\frac{d#1}{d#2}}
-\newcommand{\ddt}[1]{\dd{#1}{t}}
-\newcommand{\ddu}[1]{\dd{#1}{u}}
-\newcommand{\ddv}[1]{\dd{#1}{v}}
-\newcommand{\ddx}[1]{\dd{#1}{x}}
-\newcommand{\ddy}[1]{\dd{#1}{y}}
-
-\newcommand{\sdd} [2]{\frac{d^2#1}{d#2^2}}
-\newcommand{\sddx}[1]{\sdd{#1}{x}}
-\newcommand{\sddy}[1]{\sdd{#1}{y}}
-\newcommand{\sddt}[1]{\sdd{#1}{t}}
-\newcommand{\sddu}[1]{\sdd{#1}{u}}
-\newcommand{\sddv}[1]{\sdd{#1}{v}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Partial derivatives}
-%
-% The partial derivatives are all variations on the theme of |\pard|,
-% which is as |\dd|, replacing the $d$ with $\partial$.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\pard} [2]{\frac{\partial#1}{\partial#2}}
-\newcommand{\pardx}[1]{\pard{#1}{x}}
-\newcommand{\pardy}[1]{\pard{#1}{y}}
-\newcommand{\pardz}[1]{\pard{#1}{z}}
-\newcommand{\pardu}[1]{\pard{#1}{u}}
-\newcommand{\pardv}[1]{\pard{#1}{v}}
-\newcommand{\pardt}[1]{\pard{#1}{t}}
-
-\newcommand{\spard} [2]{\frac{\partial^2#1}{\partial#2^2}}
-\newcommand{\spardx}[1]{\spard{#1}{x}}
-\newcommand{\spardy}[1]{\spard{#1}{y}}
-\newcommand{\spardz}[1]{\spard{#1}{z}}
-\newcommand{\spardu}[1]{\spard{#1}{u}}
-\newcommand{\spardv}[1]{\spard{#1}{v}}
-\newcommand{\spardt}[1]{\spard{#1}{t}}
-
-\newcommand{\spardxy}[1]{\frac{\partial^2#1}{\partial x\partial y}}
-\newcommand{\spardyx}[1]{\frac{\partial^2#1}{\partial y\partial x}}
-\newcommand{\spardxz}[1]{\frac{\partial^2#1}{\partial x\partial z}}
-\newcommand{\spardzx}[1]{\frac{\partial^2#1}{\partial z\partial x}}
-\newcommand{\spardyz}[1]{\frac{\partial^2#1}{\partial y\partial z}}
-\newcommand{\spardzy}[1]{\frac{\partial^2#1}{\partial z\partial y}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\iffalse
-%</deriv>
-%<*math>
-%\fi
-%
-% \subsubsection{Integrals}
-%
-% We load the integrals in if they are requested.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\if@integrals
- \InputIfFileExists{cjwinteg.tex}{}{%
- \PackageWarning{cjwmath}{Option `cjwinteg.tex' not found.}
- \@@integralsfalse}
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\iffalse
-%</math>
-%<*integ>
-%\fi
-%
-% The first macro is simply a variation of |\int| using the |\limits|
-% macro.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\integ{\mathop{\int}\limits}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Next we have a small shortcut for the differential at the end of an
-% integral. We work around \LaTeX's font encoding macro.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\alias\latex@d\d
- \renewcommand{\d}{\,d}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% We have macros for double and triple integrals, with and without
-% |\limits|.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\dint}{\int\!\!\!\int}
-\newcommand{\dinteg}{\mathop{\int\!\!\!\int}\limits}
-\newcommand{\tint}{\int\!\!\!\int\!\!\!\int}
-\newcommand{\tinteg}{\mathop{\int\!\!\!\int\!\!\!\int}\limits}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% To be honest, I have no idea why I wrote this one. It is probably
-% buried in a homework file of mine somewhere, but I'll be a fiddler
-% crab if I can remember where\dots
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\flushintlim}[1]{{\phantom{#1} #1}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\iffalse
-%</integ>
-%<*math>
-%\fi
-%
-% \subsection{Algebra}
-%
-% We define how to typeset an algebra.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\alias\alg\mathbbm
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Fields}
-%
-% A field will also be done in blackboard bold.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\alias\field\mathbbm
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The following fields are defined.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\C}{\field{C}} % Complex
-\newcommand{\E}{\field{E}} % Euclidean (also Evens)
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Note that $\H$ is a \LaTeX{} accent, so we save it away before
-% redefining it as a field.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\alias\latex@H\H % Quaternions
- \renewcommand{\H}{\field{H}} % (Hamiltonian field)
-\newcommand{\N}{\field{N}} % Natural numbers
-\newcommand{\Q}{\field{Q}} % Rationals
-\newcommand{\R}{\field{R}} % Reals
-% \newcommand{\Rn}[1][n]{\R^{#1}}
-\newcommand{\Z}{\field{Z}} % Integers
-\newcommand{\pr}{\field{P}} % Primes
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Groups}
-%
-% Remember |\NewMathOp|? One use for it is in defining mathematical
-% groups. Here are a bunch.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-% Groups are typeset as operators.
-\NewMathOp {\Aut}{Aut} % Automorphisms
-\NewMathOp {\End}{End} % Endomorphisms
-\NewMathOp {\GL}{GL} % General Linear
-\NewMathOp {\Inn}{Inn} % Inner products
-\NewMathOp {\Pin}{Pin} % Pin
-\NewMathOp {\SL}{SL} % Special Linear
-\NewMathOp {\SO}{SO} % Special Orthogonal
-\NewMathOp {\SU}{SU} % Special Unitary
-\NewMathOp[\mathfrak]{\Sn}{S} % Symmetric
-\NewMathOp {\Spin}{Spin} % Spin
-\NewMathOp {\Sp}{Sp} % Symplectic
-\NewMathOp {\Unit}{U\kern 0pt}% Unitary
-\NewMathOp {\Orth}{O\kern 0pt}% Orthogonal
-\NewMathOp[\mathfrak]{\slin}{sl} % Tangent group to SL
-\NewMathOp[\mathfrak]{\so}{o\kern 0pt} % skew orthogonal
-\NewMathOp[\mathfrak]{\sp}{sp} % skew symplectic
-\NewMathOp[\mathfrak]{\su}{u\kern 0pt} % skew hermitian
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Linear algebra}
-%
-% If matrices are to be typeset specially, we will use the |\mathcal| font.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\alias\mtx\mathcal
-% \end{macrocode}
-% I have often seen the letter $\Theta$ used for the matrix of zeros.
-% I like it that way.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\nullmtx}{\mtx\Theta}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Taken from Horn and Johnson, a matrix norm can be represented with a
-% triple-bar delimiter.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\mnorm}[1]{%
- \left\vert\kern-0.9pt\left\vert\kern-0.9pt\left\vert #1
- \right\vert\kern-0.9pt\right\vert\kern-0.9pt\right\vert}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% We define the Lie product of two matrices.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\lie}[1]{\squarebrackets{#1}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% There is an for the trace (Spur, auf Deutsch) of a matrix\dots
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\NewMathOp{\Spur}{Spur}
-\NewMathOp{\Tr}{Tr}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \dots as well as for diagonal matrices.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\NewMathOp{\Diag}{Diag}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% This is a shortcut for putting delimiters around matrices. With
-% AMS-\LaTeX, we use an environment, taking as its two mandatory
-% arguments the left and right delimiters, respectively.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\if@amsmath
- \newenvironment{arbmatrix}[2]%
- {\def\@tempa{#2}\left#1 \matrix}{\endmatrix \right\@tempa}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Without AMS, we use a command as does standard \LaTeX, and define
-% some basic types.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\else
- \newcommand{\arbmatrix}[3]{\left#1 \matrix{#2} \right#3}
- \providecommand{\bmatrix}[1]{\arbmatrix[{#1}]}
- \providecommand{\vmatrix}[1]{\arbmatrix|{#1}|}
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% The next bit of code is used to enter sparse matrices which are
-% often represented in the literature with an oversized zero marking
-% the region of zeros. This takes more than a bit of trickery in
-% \LaTeX. The oversized digit will be put in a box, which in most
-% cases needs horizontal and/or vertical adjustment from the position
-% where it is placed in the matrix by default. The default vertical
-% offset will be called |\numoffset|, and is set by default to the
-% height of a |\Bigmathstrut|.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newlength{\numoffset}
-{\setbox0=\hbox{$\Bigmathstrut$}
- \@tempdima=0.8\ht0\relax
- \global\numoffset\@tempdima}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Occasionally, one might wish to use something other than a zero as
-% the oversized digit. We define a generic |\Number| macro to be
-% used. The usage is
-% \begin{display}{l}
-% |\Number|\oarg{raise}\marg{num}
-% \end{display}
-% where \meta{raise} is the amount by which the number is raised and
-% \meta{num} is the number to be used.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\Number}[2][-\numoffset]{%
- \@tempdima=#1\relax
- \smash{\hbox{\raise\@tempdima\@bignumber{#2}}}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The macros |\@bignumber| is called to do the dirty work of
-% typesetting the number.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\@bignumber}[1]{\hbox{\LARGE$#1$}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Now, the horizontal adjustment mentioned earlier usually refers to
-% the need to have the large digit straddle two columns in a matrix.
-% This is easily accomplished with |\multicolumn|. Here things start
-% to get ugly, though; |\multicolumn| must be the first thing after
-% the |&| in the array. But the reasonable way to include an optional
-% argument to be passed through to |\Number| is to use the
-% |\newcommand| feature, which ends up putting junk in the way---this
-% is exactly the same problem which arose in writing |\mathbox|
-% earlier. Therefore, there are currently two separate commands, one
-% which takes the optional argument, and one which doesn't. I would
-% really like to remedy this if I ever figure out how.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\bignumber #1{\multicolumn{2}{c}{\Number{#1}}}
-\def\Bignumber[#1]#2{\multicolumn{2}{c}{\Number[#1]{#2}}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Here are some specific cases for using zero, as is most commonly the
-% case.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\Zero}[1][-\numoffset]{\Number[#1]{0}}
-\def\bigzero {\bignumber{0}}
-\def\Bigzero[#1]{\Bignumber[#1]{0}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% From this we wish to construct various types of matrices. Each
-% variation will have two versions, depending on whether or not
-% AMS-\LaTeX{} has been invoked. Each version, though, has an
-% optional argument which is what will be passed through as
-% \meta{raise} to |\Bigzero|. The names of each matrix are an attempt
-% to indicate the layout. For example, the command |\iidiagi| takes
-% three mandatory arguments which will be the diagonal entries, the
-% first two in the upper left, and the third in the lower right with
-% |\ddots| separating them. Likewise, we have |\idiagii| and
-% |\idiagi|.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\if@amsmath
- \newcommand{\iidiagi}[4][-\numoffset]{% % 2 0
- \begin{bmatrix} % 3
- #2 & & \Bigzero[#1] \\ % .
- & #3 & & \\ % .
- \Bigzero[#1] & \ddots & \\ % 0 4
- & & & #4
- \end{bmatrix}}
- \newcommand{\idiagii}[4][-\numoffset]{% % 2 0
- \begin{bmatrix} % .
- #2 & & \Bigzero[#1] \\ % .
- & \ddots & & \\ % 3
- \Bigzero[#1] & #3 & \\ % 0 4
- & & & #4
- \end{bmatrix}}
- \newcommand{\idiagi}[3][-1.2pt]{% % 2 0
- \begin{bmatrix} % .
- #2 & \Bigzero[#1] \\ % .
- & \ddots & \\ % .
- \Bigzero[#1] & #3 % 0 3
- \end{bmatrix}}
-\else
- \newcommand{\iidiagi}[4][-\numoffset]{% % 2 0
- \matrix{% % 3
- #2 & & \Bigzero[#1] \\ % .
- & #3 & & \\ % .
- \Bigzero[#1] & \ddots & \\ % 0 4
- & & & #4}}
- \newcommand{\idiagii}[4][-\numoffset]{%
- \pmatrix{% % 2 0
- #2 & & \Bigzero[#1] \\ % .
- & \ddots & & \\ % .
- \Bigzero[#1] & #3 & \\ % 3
- & & & #4}} % 0 4
- %
- \newcommand{\idiagi}[3][-1.2pt]{% % 2 0
- \pmatrix{% % .
- #2 & \Bigzero[#1] \\ % .
- & \ddots & \\ % .
- \Bigzero[#1] & #3}} % 0 3
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% We now wish to typeset the transpose of a matrix. The most general
-% form is
-% \begin{display}{l}
-% |\@trans|\oarg{pre}\marg{post}
-% \end{display}
-% which expands to `|^{|\meta{pre}|t|\meta{post}|}|'. Next is
-% |\trans| which takes a single optional argument for \meta{post} (no
-% \meta{pre}).
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\@trans}[2][]{^{#1\text{\normalfont\textsf{t}}#2}}
-\newcommand{\trans} [1][]{\@trans[]{#1}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Why? I don't know---I needed |\trinv|, below, and decided to
-% generalize.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\trinv} {\@trans[-]{}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% For backwards compatibility, I have |\ct|\marg{mtx} to represent
-% matrix \meta{mtx} as conjugated and transposed.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\ct}[1]{\conj{#1}\trans}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% The next topic is vectors. I prefer |\vec| to be logical markup as
-% opposed to a specific accent. Thus, I create an alias |\sarvec|
-% (short arrow vector) for the original |\vec|, and another alias
-% |\arvec| for a long arrow, which is just |\overrightarrow|.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\alias\sarvec\vec
-\alias\arvec \overrightarrow
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The actual typesetting I prefer for vectors (when I use anything at
-% all) is boldface. This requires the |\Mathbox| command defined
-% earlier so that the argument can be set in a bold math version.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\renewcommand{\vec}[1]{\Mathbox{\boldmath}{#1}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% To typeset vectors in long form simply uses the |\matrix|
-% command---but this depends, again, on whether AMS-\LaTeX{} is being
-% used. In either case, a single argument---the contents of the
-% vector---is required. Simply delimit with |\\| for column vectors
-% and |&| for rows.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\if@amsmath
- \newcommand{\bvec}[1]{%
- \begin{bmatrix}#1\end{bmatrix}}
- \newcommand{\pvec}[1]{%
- \begin{pmatrix}#1\end{pmatrix}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% There are also two aliases for row vectors for backwards
-% compatibility.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \alias\brvec\bvec
- \alias\prvec\pvec
-\else
- \newcommand{\bvec}[1]{\bmatrix{#1}}
- \newcommand{\pvec}[1]{\pmatrix{#1}}
-% \newcommand{\bvec}[2][r]{%
-% \left[ \begin{array}{#1}#2\end{array} \right]}
-% \newcommand{\pvec}[2][r]{%
-% \left( \begin{array}{#1}#2\end{array} \right)}
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The null vector, like the null matrix, is given with $\theta$.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\nullvec}{\vec{0}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Once we have vectors, we need dot products. The simple version just
-% puts its argument inside angled brackets.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\dotp}[1]{\anglebrackets{#1}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% If special vector notation is required, the two arguments should be
-% separated by a comma (which should be the case anyway), and then
-% each half is passed to |\vec|.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\vdotp}[1]{\@vdotp#1@@@}
-\def\@vdotp #1,#2@@@{\dotp{\vec #1,\vec #2}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% We define some other vector operators to go with the dot product.
-% These are the curl, the divergence, and the Laplacian. These are
-% usually read as `del dot', `del cross', and `del squared', so the
-% first thing to do is rename the |\nabla|(?).
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\del} {\vec\nabla}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \LaTeX{} defines |\div|, so we rename that and renew the command.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\alias\@@div\div
-\renewcommand{\div}{\del\dot}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Finally, we have the other two.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\curl} {\del\cross}
-\newcommand{\lapl} {\del^2}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% In German texts, the linear hull is usually represented as a list of
-% vectors in square brackets.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\alias\huelle\squarebrackets
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{Operators}
-%
-% This section is simply a gathering point for all sorts of
-% mathematical operators---not in the |\NewMathOp| sense, like various
-% groups defined above, but in the sense of mathematical doohickies
-% which take one or two operands and give you something new.
-%
-% \subsubsection{Binary operators}
-%
-% What we have first is a whole bunch of names for the large, `x'-like
-% times symbol. In the case of specifying dimension (as in, a 4-by-3
-% matrix), we declare it a |\mathord| so as not to invoke binary
-% spacing. Then |\mal| is simply German for `times', and |\cross| is
-% the vector space (or group) product using the same symbol.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\by}{\mathord{\times}}
-\alias\mal \times
-\alias\cross \times
-% \end{macrocode}
-% To indicate isomorphism, I have most often used an equals sign with
-% a tilde above it.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\alias\iso \simeq
-% \end{macrocode}
-% This next one stretches the usefulness of aliasing by defining an
-% operator for normal subgroups.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\alias\nsubgrp \trianglelefteq
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Next we specify a congruence symbol.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\realias\cong \equiv
-% \end{macrocode}
-% In graph theory, we want a symbol for adjacency of nodes.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\alias\adj\leftrightarrow
-% \end{macrocode}
-% We unconditionally define |\Box| to be a square operator symbol.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\providecommand{\Box}{}
-\renewcommand{\Box}{\mathbin{\square}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% We give a number theoretic division relation, in English and
-% German.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\teilt}{\mathbin{|}}
- \alias\divides\teilt
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Once upon a time I wanted a `big dot' operator.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-% \newcommand{\bdot}{\mathop{\lower0.33ex\hbox{\LARGE$\cdot$}}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% We can use \LaTeX's built-in |\stackrel| to create a definition
-% relation.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\defeq}{\stackrel{\text{def}}{=}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The symbol I first saw used to indicate disjoint union was a union
-% `cup' with a bar through the middle. Using a naming convention
-% similar to AMS-\LaTeX's |\Uplus| we get text and display versions.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\uminus}{%
- \,\,{\mathbin{\cup\kern-.6em{\raise.05em%
- \hbox{-\negthinspace-\kern-.25em-}}}}\,\,}
-\newcommand{\Uminus}{%
- \mathop{\bigcup\kern-0.9em{\raise.05em%
- \hbox{-\negthinspace-\kern-.25em-}}}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% We define some handy names for various arrows.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\providecommand{\implies}{\;\Longrightarrow\;}
- \alias\then\implies
-\if@amsmath
- \newcommand{\when}{\DOTSB \;\Longleftarrow \;}
-\else
- \newcommand{\when}{\;\Longleftarrow \;}
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The following can be used when tracing a series of implications
-% through a multiline equation environment, for example.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\limplies}{\llap{$\implies$}\quad}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Based on \emph{The \TeX{}book}, I have written a `skewed' fraction,
-% which uses a diagonal separator.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\sfrac}[2]{%
- \hbox{\kern 0.1em%
- \raise 0.5ex\hbox {\scriptsize$#1$}%
- \kern -0.1em $/$%
- \kern -0.15em%
- \lower 0.25ex\hbox {\scriptsize$#2$}}%
- \kern 0.2em}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% If we are not using AMS-\LaTeX, the following well not yet be
-% defined.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\providecommand{\tfrac}{\sfrac}
-\providecommand{\dfrac}[2]{{{#1}\over{#2}}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-%
-% \subsubsection{Unary operators}
-%
-% I most often use the longer versions of various math accents, so I
-% redefine them by default to be long. The short ones are saved in a
-% macro with identical name save for a prepended `s' (as we have
-% already seen for |\arvec| and |\sarvec|). The simple ones are bars,
-% tildes, and hats.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\alias\sbar\bar
- \renewcommand{\bar}[1]{\overline{#1}}
-\alias\stilde\tilde
- \alias\retilde\widetilde
-\alias\shat\hat
- \realias\hat\widehat
-% \end{macrocode}
-% We need something better than the default real- and imaginary-part
-% macros.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\renewcommand{\Im}{%
- \mathop{\mathfrak{Im}}}
-\renewcommand{\Re}{%
- \mathop{\mathfrak{Re}}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Complex conjugation is usually denoted by a bar.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\alias\conj \bar
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Inversion of various types is used often enough to warrant a control
-% sequence.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\inv}{^{-1}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% To denote power sets, I have used to different alternatives. The
-% default is the standard |\wp| symbol---I don't know what it is
-% supposed to be used for, but it can be modified for the task. On
-% the other hand, if we have a real math script font (as one might
-% have if using my \pkg{callig} style\dots) we will certainly use
-% that.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@ifundefined{mathscript}
- {\newcommand{\Pow}{\raise 0.4ex\Mathbox{\Large}{\wp}}}
- {\NewMathOp[\mathscript]{\Pow}{P}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% And what macro would be complete without a German alias? (Auf
-% Deutsch, die Potenzmenge.)
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\alias\Pot\Pow
-% \end{macrocode}
-% We can leave the letter `\/I\/' to computer scientists who don't
-% know how to write an indicator function. For our purposes, we want
-% the neat-o-keen blackboard bold font.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\1}{\mathbbm{1}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Next we have some trigonometric shortcuts.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\alias\acos\arccos
-\alias\asin\arcsin
-\alias\atan\arctan
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Using our generic bracketing macros from earlier, we have absolute
-% value, cardinality (order of a set), cyclic generators, and norms.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\alias\abs \vertbrackets
-\alias\ord \abs
-\alias\cyc \anglebrackets
-\alias\norm\Vertbrackets
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Multiple sums are recurrent enough (no pun intended \smiley) to get
-% macros. We have double sums, triple sums, and $n$-fold sums.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\dsum}{\mathop{\sum\sum}\limits}
-\newcommand{\tsum}{\mathop{\sum\sum\sum}\limits}
-\newcommand{\nsum}{\mathop{\sum\sum\cdots\sum}\limits}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% The next two macros indicate monotone limits, respectively ascending
-% (mnemonic `limit up') and descending (you guessed it---`limit
-% down').
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\NewMathOp*{\ulim}{lim\raise0.4ex\mathbox{\mathord{\smash{\uparrow}}}}
-\NewMathOp*{\dlim}{lim\raise0.4ex\mathbox{\mathord{\smash{\downarrow}}}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-%
-% Finally we have the miscellany, where we can really go to town with
-% |\NewMathOp|! These should be pretty clear, unless you don't do
-% math in German, in which case some will be pretty odd.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\NewMathOp*{\argmax}{arg\,max} % arg min
-\NewMathOp*{\argmin}{arg\,min} % arg min
-\NewMathOp {\Aff} {Aff} % Affine hull
-\NewMathOp {\Bild} {Bild} % Bild
-\NewMathOp {\Cone} {Cone} % Cone
-\NewMathOp {\Conv} {Conv} % Convex hull
-\NewMathOp {\Core} {Core} % Fuzzy set core
-\NewMathOp {\diam} {diam} % diameter
-\NewMathOp {\dom} {dom} % Domain
-\NewMathOp {\Epi} {Epi} % Epigraph
-\NewMathOp*{\esssup}{ess\,sup} % Essential supremum
-\NewMathOp {\fl} {fl} % float-point
-\NewMathOp {\ggT} {ggT} % ggT
-\NewMathOp {\Grad} {Grad} % Grad
-\NewMathOp {\Hypo} {Hypo} % Hypograph
-\NewMathOp {\Int} {Int} % Interior
-\NewMathOp {\Kern} {Kern} % Kernel
-\NewMathOp {\kgV} {kgV} % kgV
-\NewMathOp {\Lin} {Lin} % Linear hull
-\NewMathOp {\lcm} {lcm} % LCM
-\NewMathOp {\Ord} {Ord} % order
-\NewMathOp {\proj} {proj} % Projection
-\NewMathOp {\Rang} {Rang} % Rang
-\NewMathOp {\range} {range} % Range
-\NewMathOp {\Rank} {Rank} % Rank
-\NewMathOp {\rot} {rot} % Rotation
-\NewMathOp {\Span} {Span} % Span
-\NewMathOp {\val} {val} % value
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-%
-% \subsection{Physics}
-%
-% Now, since physics is a subset of mathematics, physics macros are
-% invoked from within the math macro file.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\if@physics
- \InputIfFileExists{cjwphys.tex}{}{%
- \PackageWarning{cjwmath}{Option `cjwphys.tex' not found.}
- \@@physicsfalse}
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\iffalse
-%</math>
-%<*phys>
-%\fi
-%
-% The only thing really specific to physics that I ever used---meaning
-% not applicable in any more general mathematical setting---was the
-% bra/ket notation. Here we have bras (br\ae?), kets, and brakets,
-% the latter of which bear uncoincidental resemblance to the |\set|
-% macro.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\bra}[1]{\left\langle #1 \right|\,}
-\newcommand{\ket}[1]{\,\left| #1 \right\rangle}
-
-\newcommand{\braket}[2]{%
- \newdimen\@tempdimd%
- \setbox0=\mathbox{#1}\@tempdima=\ht0 \@tempdimb=\dp0%
- \setbox0=\mathbox{#2}\@tempdimc=\ht0 \@tempdimd=\dp0%
- \ifdim\@tempdimc > \@tempdima
- \@tempdima=\@tempdimc
- \fi
- \ifdim\@tempdimd > \@tempdimb
- \@tempdimb=\@tempdimb
- \fi
- \def\@tempa{\vrule width0pt height\@tempdima depth\@tempdimb}
- \left.\left\langle \@tempa{#1} \,\right|\,{#2} \right\rangle }
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\iffalse
-%</phys>
-%<*math>
-%\fi
-%
-%
-% \subsection{Probability}
-%
-% Here comes that |\NewMathOp| thingie again. First thing is to
-% define some standard probabilistic operators, which really need to
-% be typeset in an operator font in order not to look horrible.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\NewMathOp{\Prob} {P} % Probability operator
-\NewMathOp{\Corr} {Corr} % Correlation
-\NewMathOp{\Cov} {Cov} % Covariance
-\NewMathOp{\Expct}{E} % Expectation
-\NewMathOp{\SD} {SD} % Standard Deviation.
-\NewMathOp{\Var} {Var} % Variance
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Here is a macro to put inside of some of those operators where
-% conditional events are being considered.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\given}{\,|\,}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Usually a single tilde, which as an operator bears the name of
-% |\sim| in \LaTeX, indicates a distribution. Hence, we make an
-% alias.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\alias\distrib\sim
-% \end{macrocode}
-% And coming back to |\NewMathOp|, we define some standard
-% distributions\dots
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\NewMathOp{\Bin} {Bin} % Binary dist.
- \newcommand{\Nbin}{-\!\Bin} % Negative Binom.
-\NewMathOp{\Exp} {Exp} % Exponential dist.
-\NewMathOp{\Geom}{Geom} % Geometric dist.
-\NewMathOp{\Norm}{Norm} % Normal dist.
-\NewMathOp{\Poi} {Poi} % Poisson dist.
-\NewMathOp{\Unif}{Unif} % Uniform dist.
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \dots and the normal density and distribution functions (which might
-% also be represented as $\Phi$ and $\phi$).
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\NewMathOp[\mathfrak]{\Ndens}{N}
-\NewMathOp[\mathfrak]{\Ndist}{n}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The last thing to do is create some macros for probabilistic modes
-% of convergence. We go, again, from the general to the specific.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\NewMathOp*{\@mapsto}{\mapstochar\rightarrow}
-\newcommand{\@probconv}[1]{\mathrel{\@mapsto\limits^{1}}}
- \newcommand{\asconv}{\@probconv{a.s.}} % Almost sure conv.
- \newcommand{\inprob}{\@probconv{P}} % Conv. in probability
- \newcommand{\inlaw} {\@probconv{L}} % Conv. in law
- \newcommand{\vague} {\@probconv{v}} % Vague conv.
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \iffalse
-%
-%</math>
-%
-% \fi
-%
-%
-% \section{Units}
-%
-% \iffalse
-%
-%<*units>
-%
-% \fi
-%
-% The package \pkg{cjwunits} simply standardizes how to typeset units
-% (or dimensions---things such as seconds, meters, and so forth).
-% Most of the work is done by defining a pretty simple macro,
-% |\unit|. The rest is just a collection of standard units which may
-% be invoked (meaning ones I have used, and therefore stuck into the
-% file).
-%
-% \subsection{Package initialization}
-%
-% The initialization does most everything. We first specify a font
-% for the unit types.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\unitfont}{\operator@font}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Now the workhorse of the package is defined. It is pretty
-% foolproof, in that it can be invoked in or out of math, may or may
-% not be followed by explicit space, and the font as defined above is
-% pretty customizable.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\unit}[1]{\ensuremath{\,{\unitfont{#1}\kern\z@}}\xspace}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Now come the examples.
-%
-% \subsection{Distance}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\ang} {\unit{\AA}} % angstroms
- \alias\Ao\ang
-\newcommand{\cm} {\unit{cm}} % centimetres
-\newcommand{\inch}{\unit{in}} % inches
-\newcommand{\km} {\unit{km}} % kilometres
-\newcommand{\mi} {\unit{mi}} % miles
-\newcommand{\m} {\unit{m}} % metres
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{Electricity and magnetism}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\Hz} {\unit{Hz}} % herz
-\newcommand{\J} {\unit{J}} % joules
-\newcommand{\V} {\unit{V}} % volts
-\newcommand{\eV} {\unit{eV}} % electron volts
-\newcommand{\erg} {\unit{erg}} % ergs
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{Mass}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\amu} {\unit{amu}} % atomic mass units
-\newcommand{\gram}{\unit{g}} % grams
-\newcommand{\kg} {\unit{kg}} % kilograms
-\newcommand{\Ton} {\unit{T}} % tons
-\newcommand{\kT} {\unit{kT}} % kilotons
-\newcommand{\MT} {\unit{MT}} % megatons
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{Thermodynamics}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\kelv}{\unit{K}} % kelvins
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{Time}
-%
-% It seems that |\sec| already means secant, so we need a preservation
-% and renewal here.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\alias\secant\sec
-\renewcommand{\sec} {\unit{s}} % seconds
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{Velocity}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\cee} {\unit{c}} % speed o' light
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \iffalse
-%
-%</units>
-%
-% \fi
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/cjw/cjw-latex.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/cjw/cjw-latex.ins
deleted file mode 100644
index 447e39c97c0..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/cjw/cjw-latex.ins
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-% -*- TeX -*- %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\def\batchfile{cjw-latex.ins}
-\input docstrip.tex
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\preamble
-
- Copyright (C) 1997 by: Colin J. Wynne <cwynne@mts.jhu.edu>
-
-This file is part of cjw-latex, a collection of package files for
-LaTeX2e, written by Colin J. Wynne. It may be freely distributed in
-any form---electronic, physical, or otherwise---so long as the
-distributor provides this file in its entirety (including this
-copyright announcement) and charges no fee (except for reasonable
-recompense for the duplication process). Fair 'nough?
-
-I would also prefer that the entire source file `cjw-latex.dtx',
-together with `cjw-latex.ins', be propagated instead of any one
-subfile.
-
-Please feel free to improve on or alter any code herein as suits your
-needs, and by all means notify me of any suggestions, improvements, or
-requests.
-
-This file is beer-ware. If you use it and like it, then you should
-buy me a beer if you ever meet me. :-)
-
-RCS: $Id: cjw-latex.ins,v 1.3 1998/04/10 14:30:18 cwynne Exp $
-
-\endpreamble
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-% Don't display progress
-\keepsilent
-
-\generateFile{cjwmacro.sty}{t}{\from{cjw-latex.dtx}{general}}
-\generateFile{cjwmath.sty} {t}{\from{cjw-latex.dtx}{math}}
-\generateFile{cjwderiv.tex}{t}{\from{cjw-latex.dtx}{deriv}}
-\generateFile{cjwinteg.tex}{t}{\from{cjw-latex.dtx}{integ}}
-\generateFile{cjwphys.tex} {t}{\from{cjw-latex.dtx}{phys}}
-\generateFile{cjwunits.sty}{t}{\from{cjw-latex.dtx}{units}}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\endinput
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/cjw/cjw-ltr.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/cjw/cjw-ltr.dtx
deleted file mode 100644
index 42e80bc36ee..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/cjw/cjw-ltr.dtx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,821 +0,0 @@
-% \iffalse -*- LaTeX -*-
-%
-% This is file `cjw-ltr.dtx'. You can run this file through LaTeX2e
-% to get a .dvi file of documentation. The file `cjw-ltr.ins' should
-% have come with this file. Run it through LaTeX2e to extract the
-% actual class file.
-%
-% \fi
-\def\fileversion{0.9}
-\def\filedate{1997/01/01}
-%% \CharacterTable
-%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
-%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
-%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
-%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
-%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
-%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
-%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
-%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
-%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
-%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
-%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
-%%
-% \CheckSum{592}
-%
-% \iffalse
-%
-%<*driver>
-
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesFile{cjw-ltr.dtx}
- [\filedate\space v\fileversion\space
- Modified Letter Class for LaTeX2e---CJW]
-
-\documentclass{ltxdoc}
-
-\GetFileInfo{cjw-ltr.dtx}
-\EnableCrossrefs
-% \DisableCrossrefs % Say \DisableCrossrefs if index is ready
-% \OnlyDescription % comment out for implementation details
-\RecordChanges
-
-\begin{document}
- \DocInput{cjw-ltr.dtx}
-\end{document}
-%</driver>
-% \fi
-%
-% \DeclareRobustCommand{\cseq}[1]{\texttt{\bslash#1}}
-% \DeclareRobustCommand{\pkg} [1]{\textsf{#1}}
-% \DeclareRobustCommand{\env} [1]{\textsf{#1}}
-%
-% \providecommand{\ie}{\emph{i.e.},\ }
-%
-% \renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}}
-%
-% \hyphenation{white-space}
-%
-% \title{The \pkg{cjw-ltr} Class\thanks{%
-% This file has version \fileversion{} as of \filedate.}}
-% \author{Colin J.~Wynne\thanks{E-Mail at:
-% \texttt{cwynne@mts.jhu.edu}, \texttt{cwynne@jhu.edu}\,.}}
-% \date{\filedate}
-%
-% \maketitle
-%
-% \setcounter{StandardModuleDepth}{1}
-%
-% {\parskip 0pt ^^A % This is the hack used by |doc.dtx|.
-% ^^A % (bug in \LaTeX?)
-% \tableofcontents
-% }
-%
-% \section*{Introduction}
-%
-% I recently made the change to \LaTeXe{} after some years of
-% dedication to \PlainTeX{} and that code which I had already
-% written for it. Among that code were macros for writing letters.
-% Since I am studying in Germany this year, I had also written a set
-% of macros for writing proper letters according to accepted German
-% format.
-%
-% After switching to \LaTeX, I of course gave the \pkg{letter} class a
-% try. I didn't like some of the default behaviour that the class
-% produces. Furthermore, there was no support for writing German
-% letters. I am aware that a style file \pkg{dinbrief} exists for
-% \LaTeX{} 2.09 or \LaTeXe{} in compatibility mode, but I would prefer
-% to use something exclusively \LaTeXe. Since I planned on doing some
-% cosmetic alterations to the basic \pkg{letter} class anyway, I
-% figured it wouldn't be too much extra to include the capability of
-% formatting German letters as well.
-%
-% So, this is what I have come up with. Feel free to e-mail me
-% comments, suggestions, bugs, etc.
-%
-%
-% \section{Creating Letters}
-%
-% \DescribeMacro{\letterskip}
-% The first problem that I had with the \pkg{letter} class was
-% spacing. I do not like having the paragraphs of my letters
-% unindented and separated by white space. This poses a problem since
-% the vertical space between the components of the letter are defined
-% (nay, \emph{hard-wired}) as multiples of \cseq{parskip}. Therefore,
-% all vertical space has been defined in terms of \cseq{letterskip}, a
-% length which is set initially to 0.7\,em, which happens to be the
-% \pkg{letter} class's default value for \cseq{parskip}.
-%
-% \subsection{Standard Letters}
-%
-% \DescribeEnv{letter}
-% \DescribeMacro{fax}
-% American format letters are still delineated by the \env{letter}
-% environment. No changes have been made here; the single mandatory
-% argument (which may be left empty) is still the address of the
-% recipient. I have, however, added a macro \cseq{fax}, analagous to
-% \cseq{telephone}, for including a fax number in the return address.
-% If the recipient's fax is also desired, it should probably just be
-% included in the argument to the \env{letter} environment, perhaps
-% using the \cseq{faxlabel} macro, as well (see below).
-%
-% Now, one of the things that I have always been taught about proper
-% business letters is that the closing and the sender's address should
-% line up, and be as far right as possible. The standard \pkg{letter}
-% class does not do this; instead, the address is set as far right as
-% possible and the closing begins \cseq{indentedwidth} from the right
-% margin. By default, this is exactly in the middle of the page. I
-% can not express satisfactorily just how ugly and unbalanced this
-% seems to me.
-% \DescribeMacro{\addresswidth}
-% So, first I have \cseq{let} the length \cseq{indentedwidth} to the slightly
-% more intuitive \cseq{addresswidth}. When the letter's \cseq{opening} is
-% declared, \cseq{addresswidth} is fixed at the size of the return
-% address. Both the sending address and the closing will be set
-% at in a box of width \cseq{addresswidth}; the box is flush right,
-% the material within the box is flush left.
-%
-% \DescribeMacro{\opening}
-% The \cseq{opening} macro still takes the text of the opening as its one
-% argument, and still begins the letter by typesetting the addresses
-% and date. There are a few differences in the typesetting, though.
-% First, if a \cseq{telephone} command has been entered, the number will
-% be set as the last line of the address. Then comes the skip between
-% the address and the date. This skip is rather smaller that that
-% provided by the \pkg{letter} class. I found this to be
-% preferable. Then come the recipient's address and the greeting.
-% After these are typeset, the \cseq{parindent} is set to 20\,pt and the
-% \cseq{parskip} to 0\,pt plus 1\,pt. The values can be reset after the
-% \cseq{opening} call and before the text of the body if such is desired.
-%
-% \DescribeMacro{\closing}
-% The only change to the closing macro is the substitution of
-% \cseq{letterskip} for the original \cseq{medskipamount}. This means that
-% all vertical space in a letter---between address and date and
-% recipient's address, between address and greeting, etc.---are
-% proportional. I considered defining each of those quantities to be
-% their own macro, such as \cseq{beforedateskip}, \cseq{beforerecipientskip},
-% and so forth, but that seemed a little bit excessive. If, however,
-% such flexibility is desired, feel free to ask for it.
-%
-% \subsection{German Letters}
-%
-% \DescribeEnv{brief}
-% \llap{\footnotemark}\footnotetext{Dies soll wirklich auf Deutsch
-% sein, oder? Das hatte ich betrachtet, aber es schien mir ein
-% bi\ss chen durcheinander, die beiden Sprachen in dieser
-% Dokumentation zu mischen. Wenn jemand die \"Ubersetzung will,
-% k\"onnte er mich fragen. Anderseits ist jeder frei, die
-% \"Ubersetzung selbst zu erledigen.}^^A%
-% The environment for a German letter is, appropriately enough, named
-% \env{brief} (the German word for letter). As for |begin{letter}|,
-% the invocation takes the recipient's address as the one mandatory
-% argument. However, in standard format, the address line containing
-% the \emph{Postleitzahl} (zip code, postal code---whatever) and the
-% city is separated by a bit of whitespace from the rest of the
-% address. Thus, whereas other lines of the address are delineated
-% by the |\\| macro, the sequence |!!| indicates the beginning of the
-% PLZ. Thus, my former address would most likely be entered as:
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% \begin{brief}{%
-% Herrn \\
-% Colin J. Wynne \\
-% Klosterweg 28 / L110 !!
-% 76131 Karlsruhe}
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \DescribeMacro{\totitle}
-% \DescribeMacro{\toPLZ}
-% I have not included any macros for creating mailing labels---other
-% than the standard macros from the \pkg{letter} class. However, if
-% someone feels the need to write such, then the following is
-% significant. For a standard letter, the first line is taken as the
-% recipient's `title'. This can be a proper academic or professional
-% title, or, more commonly, simply a polite \emph{Herrn}, as in the
-% example above. This is stored in the macro \cseq{totitle}. The PLZ
-% information (everything in the argument after |!!|) is stored in
-% \cseq{toPLZ}. These complement the standard \cseq{toname} and \cseq{toaddress}.
-% I would add appropriate macros myself, but I have no facilities for
-% printing mailing labels to check the result. I imagine, though,
-% that setting
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% \edef\toname{\totitle \\ \toname}
-% \edef\toaddress{\toaddress \\ \toPLZ}
-% \end{verbatim}
-% would allow existing labelling functions to suffice. (\cseq{edef} to
-% avoid a recursive definition, of course.)
-%
-% \DescribeMacro{\ort}
-% \DescribeMacro{\datum}
-% \DescribeMacro{\heute}
-% \DescribeMacro{\absender}
-% \DescribeMacro{\telefon}
-% \DescribeMacro{\unterschrift}
-% German equivalents are allowed for the standard information
-% providing macros. \cseq{ort} is equivalent to \cseq{location}, and can be
-% used to provide the place name on the dateline. The date itself can
-% be entered with the \cseq{datum} command, and the \cseq{heute} macro
-% produces the current date in German format. Thus, the input
-% |\ort{Karlsruhe} \datum{\heute}| could produce the dateline
-% `Karlsruhe, den 14. Mai 1995'
-% at the top of the letter. \cseq{absender} is used as \cseq{address} to
-% indicate the sender's address, with \cseq{telefon} to provide a
-% telephone number, and \cseq{fax} is of course the same as in
-% English. Finally, \cseq{unterschrift} provides the signature after
-% the closing.
-% \DescribeMacro{\betreff}
-% \DescribeMacro{\bezug}
-% Commands are also given for entering the optional \emph{Betreff} and
-% \emph{Bezug} information. A note to purists: one should include
-% both or neither of these lines. By default, the labels ``Betreff''
-% and ``Bezug'' are printed at the beginning of their respective
-% lines. The actual label (including an empty label) can be entered
-% as an optional argument to the \cseq{betreff} or \cseq{bezug} commands.
-%
-% \DescribeMacro{\anrede}
-% \DescribeMacro{\gruss}
-% The opening and closing of a letter are called by macros named for
-% the German equivalents to \cseq{opening} and \cseq{closing}, namely
-% \cseq{anrede} and \cseq{gruss}.
-%
-% \DescribeMacro{\anlage}
-% Enclosures are indicated by the \cseq{anlage} command, which calls the
-% standard \cseq{encl} macro. \cseq{anlage} takes an optional argument,
-% namely the \cseq{enclname} macro, which is used to label the enclosures.
-% By default, ``Anlage'' is the label. Since multiple enclosures are
-% fairly standard, one can enter simply `n' (that is,
-% |\anlage[n]|\meta{enclosures}) and produce the expected label
-% ``Anlagen.''
-%
-%
-% \StopEventually{\PrintChanges\PrintIndex}
-%
-% \iffalse
-%<*class>
-
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesClass{cjw-ltr}
- [\filedate\space v\fileversion\space
- Modified Letter Class for LaTeX2e---CJW]
-
-% \fi
-%
-% \section{The Code}
-%
-% The very first thing to do is to include the file |letter.cls|,
-% since most of what's in there is very good, and I don't want to
-% have to rewrite it and bloat this file. We make sure as well that
-% it inherits any options.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{letter}}
-\ProcessOptions
-
-\LoadClass{letter}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Now we can start to change things. I think the default \cseq{headsep}
-% is too large; so, we will make it a bit smaller.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\setlength\headsep {25\p@}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Next, we provide the length that will be used for vertical space
-% within a letter. We initialise it to a reasonable value.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newlength{\letterskip}
- \setlength{\letterskip}{0.7em}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{Standard Letters}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\addresswidth}
-% We first declare the length \cseq{addresswidth}, which is used to
-% determine how far from the right margin the sender's adress and the
-% closing should be set. Since the \pkg{letter} class uses the
-% \cseq{indentedwidth} length to help place the sender's address, we
-% will simply recycle that length for our own purposes.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\addresswidth\indentedwidth
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\faxlabel}
-% \begin{macro}{\tellabel}
-% If a fax number is included, it should be labeled so as not to be
-% confused with a telephone number. The labels (appropriate to both
-% German and English) will simply be `Tel:' and `Fax:'. But, in the
-% interest of \ae{}sthetics, we want the printed versions to have the
-% same width, so that the actual numbers line up nicely. Since `Fax:'
-% is clearly the wider label, we use it to determine the width we
-% want.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newlength\lblwd
-{\setbox0=\hbox{Fax:\enskip}\global\setlength{\lblwd}{\wd0}}
-\newcommand*{\faxlabel}{\hbox to\lblwd{Fax:\enskip\hfil}}
-\newcommand*{\tellabel}{\hbox to\lblwd{Tel:\enskip\hfil}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-
-% \begin{macro}{\fax}
-% \begin{macro}{\check@iffax}
-% The \cseq{fax} command simply sets a global placeholder.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\fax}[1]{\def\faxnum{#1}}
- \fax{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The \cseq{check@iffax} macro inserts the labels if appropriate.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\check@iffax{%
- \ifx\@empty\faxnum\else
- \edef\faxnum{\protect\faxlabel\faxnum}
- \ifx\@empty\telephonenum\else
- \edef\telephonenum{\protect\tellabel\telephonenum}
- \fi\fi}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\opening}
-% The \cseq{opening} macro will collect all information for the
-% \env{letter} environment and begin the typesetting. First, we
-% calculate the actual width of the given address.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\opening#1{%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The first step is to determine what actual address information we
-% have. We will figure this out and put it into a placeholder. If a
-% fax number is included, we will want to use labels for telephone and
-% fax.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \check@iffax
- \def\from@address{%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% We see if a return address was supplied. If not, we simply set
-% the date.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifx\@empty\fromaddress%
- \@date%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% If so, we typeset the address including a telephone number if one is
-% supplied. Then comes a bit of whitespace and the date.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \else% home address
- \fromaddress%
- \ifx\@empty\telephonenum\else%
- \\ \telephonenum%
- \fi%
- \ifx\@empty\faxnum\else%
- \\ \faxnum%
- \fi%
- \\*[\letterskip]\@date%
- \fi}
- \setbox0=\hbox{%
- \begin{tabular}{l}\from@address\end{tabular}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% With these values we set out global value for \cseq{addresswidth}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \global\setlength{\addresswidth}{\wd0}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% With no address, we want the |firstpage| pagestyle.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifx\@empty\fromaddress
- \thispagestyle{firstpage}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% With one, we want the |empty| pagestyle for the first page.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \else
- \thispagestyle{empty}
- \fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% In either case, we fill horizontally and dump the box with the
-% address information.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \noindent\hfill\box0
- \par
-% \end{macrocode}
-% After the date comes some more whitespace and the recipient---
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \vspace{2\letterskip}%
- {\raggedright\toname\\ \toaddress\par}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% ---then more whitespace and the text of the greeting. Note that all
-% of the whitespace is given in terms of \cseq{letterskip}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \vspace{2\letterskip}%
- \noindent#1%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Finally, we reset the values of \cseq{parindent} and \cseq{parskip} and
-% inhibit a break before the body. (What set of addresses would make
-% \TeX{} \emph{want} to break after the greeting?)
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \setlength{\parindent}{20\p@}
- \setlength{\parskip}{0\p@ \@plus\@ne\p@\relax}
- \par\nobreak}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\closing}
-% The \cseq{closing} macro is unchanged from the \pkg{letter} class,
-% except for the change from \cseq{parindent} to \cseq{letterskip} and
-% the use of \cseq{addresswidth} in determining the box size.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\long\def\closing#1{\par\nobreak\vspace{2\letterskip}%
- \stopbreaks
- \noindent\hfill
- \parbox{\addresswidth}{\raggedright%
- #1\\[6\letterskip]%
- \ifx\@empty\fromsig
- \fromname
- \else
- \fromsig
- \fi\strut}
- \par}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsection{German Letters}
-%
-% First, we \cseq{let} several appropriate macros for German usage.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\unterschrift \signature
-\let\absender \address
-\let\ort \location
-\let\telefon \telephone
-\let\datum \date
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macro}{\heute}
-% Here are some simple definitions which I use in my own macro files.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\theday}{\number\day\relax}
-\newcommand{\themonth}{%
- \ifcase\month\or January\or February\or%
- March\or April\or May\or June\or July\or August\or%
- September\or October\or November\or December\fi}
-\newcommand{\themonat}{%
- \ifcase\month\or Januar\or Februar\or%
- M\"arz\or April\or Mai\or Juni\or Juli\or August\or%
- September\or Oktober\or November\or Dezember\fi}
-\newcommand{\theyear}{\number\year\relax}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% From these we can construct a German date macro, \cseq{heute}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\heute}{den~\theday.\ \themonat\ \theyear}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% These are also useful if one prefers a different (\ie date first)
-% format for the \cseq{today} macro.
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\betreff}
-% \begin{macro}{\bezug}
-% Next come the macros for the additional information which may be
-% included in the headers of a German letter.
-% \changes{v0.5}{1995/06/10}{Fixed a bug (incorrect macro parameter)
-% in \cseq{betreff} and \cseq{bezug}.}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\betreff}[2][Betreff]{%
- \def\betreffname{#1}\long\def\@betreff{#2}}
-\newcommand{\bezug}[2][Bezug]{%
- \def\bezugname{#1}\long\def\@bezug{#2}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% These are initialised to be empty.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\betreff[]{}
-\bezug[]{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{environment}{brief}
-% Now comes the \env{brief} environment itself. German letters are
-% suppose to use unindented and separated paragraphs, so we will set
-% the proper values as soon as the environment is entered.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\long\def\brief#1{%
- \newpage
- \setlength{\parindent}{0pt}
- \setlength{\parskip}{0.7em}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Further initialisations are taken from the \cseq{letter} macro.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \if@twoside \ifodd\c@page
- \else\thispagestyle{empty} \hbox{}\newpage\fi
- \fi
- \c@page\@ne
- \interlinepenalty=200 % Smaller than the TeXbook value
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Since the supplied argument has more information in it than that
-% given to a \env{letter} environment, we must have our own equivalent
-% to the \pkg{letter} class's |\@processto|.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \@prozessan{\leavevmode\ignorespaces #1}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Lastly, we make the default date a German one.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \date{\heute}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macro}{\@prozessan}
-% \changes{v0.5}{1995/06/10}{The \cseq{@prozessan} macro and its
-% subprocesses completely rewritten, as the previous version (v0.1)
-% was very broken.}
-% The address processing is based on the |\@processto| macro from
-% \pkg{letter.cls}. We call the first subprocess, |\@xproz|, to fetch
-% the PLZ part of the address.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\long\def\@prozessan#1{%
- \@xproz #1!!@@@%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% If there is a PLZ, the first test includes an extra occurrence of
-% |!!| in the \cseq{toPLZ} macro. So, we call |\@xproz| again without the
-% extra characters (which were necesary to make sure that we didn't
-% get a `usage doesn't match definition' error the first time around).
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifx\@empty\toPLZ\else\@xproz #1@@@\fi%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The |\@xproz| macro has now stored all the address parts before the
-% PLZ in |\@tempa|. Now there are up to three different parts that
-% may be in |\@tempa| which we will try to separate out. We use
-% \cseq{expandafter} in order that the tokens within |\@tempa| get
-% properly considered.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \expandafter\@yproz \@tempa\\@@@%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The |\@yproz| splits the input into |\@tempb|, the part before the
-% first linebreak, and |\@tempc|, the rest. If the second part, that
-% in |\@tempc|, is empty, then we want to set the third part,
-% |\@tempd|, to be empty, too.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifx\@empty\@tempc
- \let\@tempd\@empty
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Otherwise, we call |\@zproz| to further subdivide the address input.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \else
- \expandafter\@zproz \@tempa\\@@@%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% If there is a third part, |\@tempd|, we have the same problem with
-% extra characters as above in \cseq{toPLZ}. We call |\@zproz| one more
-% time in order to read |\@tempd| correctly.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifx\@empty\@tempd
- \else
- \expandafter\@zproz \@tempa{}@@@%
- \fi
- \fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Now we need to decide what to call whichever address pieces actually
-% exist. Obviously, if everything back to |\@tempb| was empty, all of
-% the address parts should be likewise.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifx\@empty\@tempb
- \let\totitle\@empty \let\toname\@empty \let\toaddress\@empty
- \else
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Now we have at least one address part. If that is the only one, it
-% is most certainly not a title, so \cseq{totitle} must be set empty.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifx\@empty\@tempc
- \let\totitle\@empty
-% \end{macrocode}
-% One line with a PLZ is almost assuredly an address proper. Without
-% a PLZ it is probably a name.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifx\@empty\toPLZ
- \let\toname\@tempb \let\toaddress\@empty
- \else
- \let\toname\@empty \let\toaddress\@tempb
- \fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% If |\@tempb| and |\@tempc| contain something, but |\@tempd| is
-% empty, the two lines should be name and address.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \else
- \ifx\@empty\@tempd
- \let\totitle\@empty \let\toname\@tempb \let\toaddress\@tempc
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The last option is that title, name and address are all present.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \else
- \let\totitle\@tempb \let\toname\@tempc \let\toaddress\@tempd
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% This is my second implementation of the |\@prozessan| macro. The
-% first was truly ugly and had the added disadvantage of, well, not
-% working. In fact, it failed miserably for a few relatively simple
-% cases. That the current version (as far I can tell) works does not,
-% however, excuse the fact that it is still somewhat ugly and seems to
-% me to be very efficient. I am still open to any suggested
-% improvements.
-%
-% The subproceses to |\@prozessan| are simply designed to be able to
-% make assignments based on the structure of the passed argument.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\long\def\@xproz #1!!#2@@@{\def\@tempa{#1}\def\toPLZ{#2}}
-\long\def\@yproz #1\\#2@@@{\def\@tempb{#1}\def\@tempc{#2}\def\@tempd{}}
-\long\def\@zproz #1\\#2\\#3@@@{\def\@tempc{#2}\def\@tempd{#3}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% The end of the \env{brief} environment is identical to that of the
-% \env{letter} environment.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\endbrief\endletter
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{environment}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\anrede}
-% As for the \cseq{opening} macro in the \env{letter} environment, the
-% \cseq{anrede} macro signals the beginning of the letter. We begin by
-% setting the dateline.
-% \changes{v0.5}{1995/06/10}{Use \cseq{@dateline} instead of
-% \cseq{@tempa}, because \cseq{raggedright}, or \emph{something},
-% seemed to mess with \cseq{@tempa}. Also move the conditional
-% outside of the definition of \cseq{@dateline}.}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\anrede#1{%
- \check@iffax
- \ifx\@empty\fromlocation
- \def\@dateline{\@date}
- \else
- \def\@dateline{\fromlocation,\space\@date}
- \fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Set with a typewriter, a German letter should leave two blank lines
-% before the return address. Since we are using something a little
-% more capable than a typewriter, we will leave a small amount of
-% whitespace, in the form of a multiple of \cseq{letterskip}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \null\vspace{1.2\letterskip}
- \noindent\ignorespaces
-% \end{macrocode}
-% If there is no return address (a situation which I don't actually
-% see happening with this format), just set the dateline at the right
-% margin.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifx\@empty\fromaddress%
- \pagestyle{firstpage}%
- {\raggedleft \@dateline}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Otherwise, the address is set at the left margin and the dateline
-% right justified at the level of the first line of the sender
-% information. A telephone number and fax, if provided, follow the address.
-% \changes{v0.5}{1995/06/10}{Added code to include a telephone number
-% in the return address information.}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \else % Home address
- \pagestyle{empty}%
- {\raggedright%
- \fromname \hfill \@dateline\\
- \fromaddress}
- \ifx\@empty\telephonenum
- \else
- \\ \telephonenum
- \fi
- \ifx\@empty\faxnum
- \else
- \\ \faxnum
- \fi
- \fi
- \par
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Next comes whitespace approximately twice as large as the topskip.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \vspace{2.2\letterskip}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% We then set the recipient's address. Using the information provided
-% from the |\@prozessan| macro above, we include those pieces which
-% were supplied.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- {\raggedright
- \ifx\@empty\totitle
- \else
- \totitle \\
- \fi
- \toname
- \ifx\@empty\toaddress
- \else
- \\ \toaddress
- \fi
- \ifx\@empty\toPLZ
- \else
- \\*[0.6\letterskip]\toPLZ
- \fi
- \par}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% After the address come, if supplied, the \emph{Betreff} and
-% \emph{Bezug} lines. First, though, we check to see if only one is
-% supplied---if so, we issue a warning.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \@checkbetreffbezug
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Now we can typeset those lines. A small amount of whitespace
-% separates them from one another and from the address.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifx\@empty\@betreff
- \else
- \vspace{\letterskip}
- \ifx\@empty\betreffname
- \else
- \betreffname:\quad
- \fi
- \@betreff\par
- \fi
- \ifx\@empty\@bezug
- \else
- \vspace{1\letterskip}
- \ifx\@empty\bezugname
- \else
- \bezugname:\quad
- \fi
- \@bezug\par
- \fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% A slightly larger amount of whitespace precedes the actual
-% \emph{Anrede}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \vspace{1.4\letterskip}%
- #1\par\nobreak}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% The |\@checkbetreffbezug| macro emits a warning if only one of those
-% two lines is supplied.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@checkbetreffbezug{%
- \ifx\@empty\@betreff
- \ifx\@empty\@bezug
- \else
- \ClassWarningNoLine{cjw-ltr}{%
- Die \protect\betreff und \protect\bezug Befehlen sollen nur
- \MessageBreak
- zusammen verwendet werden. Ihnen fehlt die \MessageBreak
- Betreff-Zeile.}
- \fi
- \else
- \ifx\@empty\@bezug
- \ClassWarningNoLine{cjw-ltr}{%
- Die \protect\betreff und \protect\bezug Befehlen sollen nur
- \MessageBreak
- zusammen verwendet werden. Ihnen fehlt die \MessageBreak
- Bezug-Zeile.}
- \fi
- \fi}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\gruss}
-% The command \cseq{gruss} ends a letter by first adding some whitespace
-% and disabling further pagebreaks.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\long\def\gruss#1{\par\nobreak\vspace{2\letterskip}%
- \stopbreaks
- \noindent%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The closing itself is set, leaving enough whitespace for the actual
-% signature.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- {\raggedright #1 \\[5\letterskip]
- \ifx\@empty\fromsig
- \fromname
- \else
- \fromsig
- \fi}
- \par
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Finally, a bit of white space separates the bottom of the closing
-% from any postscripts.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \vspace{\letterskip}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\anlage}
-% Enclosures, \emph{Anlagen}, are specified by the \cseq{anlage} command.
-% As with \cseq{betreff} and \cseq{bezug}, the label is given by an optional
-% argument.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\anlage}[1][Anlage]{%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% If the optional argument is simply `n', we pluralize the label.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \def\@tempa{n} \def\@tempb{#1}
- \ifx\@tempa\@tempb
- \renewcommand{\enclname}{Anlagen}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Otherwise, the optional argument (or the default, if none is given)
-% becomes the label.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \else
- \renewcommand{\enclname}{\@tempb}
- \fi\encl}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% And with that, we are done.
-%
-% \iffalse
-%</class>
-% \fi
-%
-% \Finale
-%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/cjw/cjw-ltr.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/cjw/cjw-ltr.ins
deleted file mode 100644
index 4a33db2f3cf..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/cjw/cjw-ltr.ins
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-\def\batchfile{cjw-ltr.ins}
-\input docstrip.tex
-
-\preamble
-
-Copyright (C) 1995 by Colin J. Wynne
-
-This file is part of cjw-ltr, a class for creating modified standard
-letters as well as German style letters under LaTeX2e.
-
-\endpreamble
-
-% Don't display progress
-\keepsilent
-
-\generateFile{cjw-ltr.cls}{t}{\from{cjw-ltr.dtx}{class}}
-
-\endinput
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/cjw/cjwoutl.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/cjw/cjwoutl.dtx
deleted file mode 100644
index c77c01ad0be..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/cjw/cjwoutl.dtx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,656 +0,0 @@
-% \iffalse -*- LaTeX -*-
-%
-% This is file `cjwoutl.dtx'. You can run this file through LaTeX2e
-% to produce the .dvi documentation. You should also have received
-% the file `cjwoutl.ins'. Run it through LaTeX2e to extract the
-% actual package file.
-%
-% \fi
-\def\fileversion{0.6}
-\def\filedate{1996/04/26}
-%% \CharacterTable
-%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
-%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
-%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
-%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
-%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
-%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
-%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
-%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
-%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
-%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
-%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
-%%
-% \CheckSum{327}
-%
-% \iffalse
-%
-%<*driver>
-
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesFile{cjwoutl.dtx}
- [\filedate\space v\fileversion\space
- Auto-Numbered Outlines--CJW]
-
-\documentclass{ltxdoc}
-\IfFileExists{cjwoutl.sty}
- {\usepackage{cjwoutl}}
- {\GenericError{(cjwoutl.dtx)\@spaces\@spaces\@spaces}{Error:
- You must first LaTeX the file `cjwoutl.ins' \MessageBreak
- and extract the `cjwoutl.sty' package before \MessageBreak
- processing the documentation}{}{}}
-\GetFileInfo{cjwoutl.sty}
-\EnableCrossrefs
-% \DisableCrossrefs % Say \DisableCrossrefs if index is ready
-% \OnlyDescription % comment out for implementation details
-\RecordChanges
-
-\begin{document}
- \DocInput{cjwoutl.dtx}
-\end{document}
-%</driver>
-% \fi
-%
-% \def\pkg#1{\textsf{#1}}
-% \def\env#1{\textsf{#1}}
-% \providecommand{\ie}{\emph{i.e.},\ }
-%
-% ^^A % Change List:
-%
-% \changes{v0.5}{1995/05/13}{Added \texttt{\protect\bslash outlindent} as
-% indentation size.}
-%
-% \title{The \pkg{cjwoutl} Package\thanks{%
-% This file has version \fileversion{} as of \filedate.}}
-% \author{Colin J.~Wynne\thanks{E-Mail at:
-% \texttt{cwynne@brutus.mts.jhu.edu},
-% \texttt{cwynne@jhu.edu}\,.}}
-% \date{\filedate}
-%
-% \maketitle
-%
-% \setcounter{StandardModuleDepth}{1}
-%
-% {\parskip 0pt ^^A % This is the hack used by |doc.dtx|.
-% ^^A % (bug in \LaTeX?)
-% \tableofcontents
-% }
-%
-% \section*{Introduction}
-%
-% This package originated as a simple set of macros for doing outlines
-% under \PlainTeX. The original macros simply provided
-% $n$|\parindent| as a left indentation for a single paragraph.
-% This was almost three years ago. The macros improved somewhat with
-% my knowledge of (and experience with) \TeX. Last summer I finally
-% had the time to add what I had always wanted---automatic level
-% numbering.
-%
-% This year I decided to find out just what \LaTeX{} was all about.
-% After deciding that it wasn't that bad, I rewrote (and improved yet
-% again) the outlining macros. Conveniently enough, a large chunk of
-% the original \PlainTeX{} code dedicated to resetting the proper
-% counters disappeared with the change to \LaTeX.
-%
-% At a basic level, the \env{outline} environment functions like
-% \env{enumeration}. However, one needn't nest the calls of the
-% \env{outline} environment. Rather, the macros used to identify the
-% entries of the outline itself take care of this.
-%
-% I think this code is now both fairly generic and rather useful, and
-% I would be more than happy to know that it is useful to others.
-% Feel free to e-mail me with comments, suggestions, etc. The
-% \PlainTeX{} version is still available by request for anyone who
-% might want it.
-%
-%
-% \section{Making an Outline}
-%
-% \DescribeEnv{outline}
-% An outlined portion of a document is implemented, naturally enough,
-% inside an environment, the \env{outline} environment. There is one
-% optional argument to the |\begin| command. If the argument |new| is
-% given, then the outline counters will be reset. Otherwise, the
-% values of the counters will be exactly as they were at the end of
-% the last \env{outline} environment.
-%
-% \DescribeMacro{\outl}
-% Inside of an \env{outline} environment, there are two main user
-% macros, one for auto-labelled entries and one for user-supplied
-% labels. For labels to be automatically numbered and printed, the
-% user simply enters |\outl|\meta{level}. The \meta{level} is simply
-% an integer which corresponds to the depth within the outline. For
-% example, level one of an outline begins at the left margin (more
-% precisely, the \emph{text} begins at the left margin with the label
-% offset by 1\,en to the left of that) and in a standard outline, and,
-% indeed, according to this package's defaults, a capitalised roman
-% numeral is used as a label. Therefore
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% \begin{outline}
-% \outl{1}This is outline level one.
-% \end{outline}
-% \end{verbatim}
-% will produce
-% \begin{outline}
-% \outl{1}This is outline level one.
-% \end{outline}
-% The package supplies seven defined levels of outline as well as a
-% default `level'. The default is used for any levels over seven.
-% These levels will still receive the correct indentation
-% \DescribeMacro{\outlindent}
-% (specifically, level $n$ is prefaced by |\leftskip = |^^A
-% $(n-1)$|\outlindent| worth of space), but will all receive the
-% default label, normally a bullet. Thus, the user is provided with
-% the following:
-% \begin{outline}[new]
-% \outl{1}\dots
-% \outl{2}\dots
-% \outl{3}\dots
-% \outl{4}\dots
-% \outl{5}\dots
-% \outl{6}\dots
-% \outl{7}\dots
-% \outl{8}\dots
-% \outl{9}\dots
-% \outl{10}\dots
-% \end{outline}
-% Note that levels eight through ten have the default bullet for a
-% label, though the indentation levels are preserved. There are a few
-% special symbols which can be given as the \meta{level} argument. If
-% the user enters a |+|, |-| or |=| then the indentation level of that
-% entry will be respectively one greater, one less or the same as that
-% of the previous entry. Thus,
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% \begin{outline}
-% \outl{1} Level one,
-% \outl{+} Level two,
-% \outl{=} Level two,
-% \outl{-} Level one.
-% \end{outline}
-% \end{verbatim}
-% gives
-% \begin{outline}[new]
-% \outl{1} Level one,
-% \outl{+} Level two,
-% \outl{=} Level two,
-% \outl{-} Level one.
-% \end{outline}
-%
-% \DescribeMacro{\ol}
-% The macro |\ol| is almost identical to the |\outl| macro, except
-% that it takes a second argument: |\ol|\meta{level}\meta{label}. The
-% \meta{level} argument functions identically, and the \meta{label}
-% argument is set as entered 1\,en to the left of the text.
-% \DescribeMacro{\npp}\DescribeMacro{\unpp} Two macros are derived from
-% |\ol|. Both take a \meta{level} argument. The |\npp| macro is
-% essentially |\ol|\meta{level}|{\null}\indent|. The |\unpp| macro
-% does not indent the first line of text. (The macros stand for ``new
-% paragraph'' and ``unindented |\npp|''.)
-%
-% \DescribeMacro{\outlstyle}
-% There is also a macro to allow for some modifications in how an
-% outline entry is typeset. The default style, |plain|, does nothing.
-% \DescribeMacro{firstpar}
-% \DescribeMacro{\firstparfont}
-% An alternate style, called |firstpar|, sets the first paragraph of
-% an outline entry in |\firstparfont|. By default, this is italics,
-% but the font command can, of course, be renewed by the user. To
-% change styles, one simply calls |\outlstyle|\meta{style}; for
-% example,
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% \outlstyle{firstpar}
-% \end{verbatim}
-% calls the |firstpar| outline style.
-%
-% N.B.: There is one `secret' left to tell. Unless one wants to reset
-% the counters by calling |\begin{outline}[new]|, it is really
-% unnecessary to call the environment. Instead, one can simply use
-% the |\ol| or |\outl| commands as desired. The only caveat is that
-% the final outline grouping must be closed. Therefore, the
-% |\endoutline| macro \emph{must} be called. Granted, this doesn't
-% make a whole big difference. I happen to use this `feature' simply
-% because I have used these macros since long before it was written in
-% a \LaTeX-environment format. YMMV.
-%
-% \subsection{Outline Labels}
-%
-% \DescribeMacro{outlN}
-% The counters for the different levels are named |outl|$n$, where $n$
-% is a lowercase roman numeral. Therefore, this package defines
-% |outli|, |outlii|,\ldots,|outlvii|. This is, as one easily sees,
-% similar to the numbering scheme for the \env{enumeration}
-% environment.
-% \DescribeMacro{\theoutlN}
-% \DescribeMacro{\labeloutlN}
-% The numbering style for level $n$ is given by the macro |\theoutlN|.
-% The actual label which is printed for an entry at level $n$ is given
-% (naturally enough) by |\labeloutlN|. The default label is
-% |\labeloutldef|. The example above showed the label at the sixth
-% level as `(a)'. The relevant definitions are:
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% \renewcommand{\theoutlvi}{\alph{outlvi}}
-% \renewcommand{\labeloutlvi}{(\theoutlvi)}
-% \end{verbatim}
-% \DescribeMacro{\labelfont}
-% The labels themselves are typeset in |\labelfont|, which can also be
-% set by the user. The default is bold-extended.
-%
-% \changes{v0.6}{1996/04/26}{Added info about cross-referencing.}
-% \subsection{Cross References}
-%
-% Cross references function as expected for outlines, using the
-% |\label| and |\ref| commands. The |\outl| function defines the
-% current reference string, so the |\label| should be put after the
-% |\outl| to which it refers. For example, we might have the code
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% \begin{outline}[new]
-% \outl{1} Main entry.
-% \outl{+} Next level.
-% \outl{+} The price of tea in China.\label{ol:tea}
-% \end{outline}
-% \end{verbatim}
-% producing
-% \begin{outline}[new]
-% \outl{1} Main entry.
-% \outl{+} Next level.
-% \outl{+} The price of tea in China.\label{ol:tea}
-% \end{outline}
-% whereupon the reference |ol:tea| would refer to tea in
-% China~\ref{ol:tea}.
-%
-% \StopEventually{\PrintChanges\PrintIndex}
-%
-%
-% \section{The Code}
-%
-% \iffalse
-%<*package>
-
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesPackage{cjwoutl}
- [1995/04/24 v0.5 Auto-Numbered Outlines--CJW]
-
-\DeclareOption*{%
- \PackageWarning{cjwoutl}{Unknown option `\CurrentOption'}}
-
-\ProcessOptions
-
-% \fi
-%
-% \subsection{Allocations}
-%
-% Since the levels of an outline are defined by a |\leftskip| command,
-% it is necessary to determine when a group needs to be closed.
-% Therefore, we define a test to see if we are in a group.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newif\ifoutl@group
-% \end{macrocode}
-% This essentially keeps the first outline entry from closing a
-% non-existent group. Two lengths, |\aboveoutlskip| and
-% |\belowoutlskip|, initially set to the equivalent values for math
-% displays, are used to separate an \env{outline} environment from the
-% surrounding text.
-% \changes{v0.6}{1996/04/26}{Added \texttt{\protect\bslash aboveoutlskip}
-% and \texttt{\protect\bslash belowoutlskip} lengths based on values for
-% displays.}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newlength{\aboveoutlskip}
- \setlength{\aboveoutlskip}{\abovedisplayskip}
-\newlength{\belowoutlskip}
- \setlength{\belowoutlskip}{\belowdisplayskip}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The |\outlindent| macro controls the increment between adjacent
-% outline levels. Its default value is |\parindent|.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newlength{\outlindent}
- \setlength{\outlindent}{\parindent}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Now we define the counters to be used. The first two identify the
-% requested indentation level and the previous level.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcounter {outl@indsize}
-\newcounter {outl@lastind}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macro}{outlN}
-% Next come the counters for the levels themselves.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcounter {outli} % I.
-\newcounter {outlii} [outli] % A.
-\newcounter {outliii}[outlii] % 1.
-\newcounter {outliv} [outliii] % a.
-\newcounter {outlv} [outliv] % i.
-\newcounter {outlvi} [outlv] % (a)
-\newcounter {outlvii}[outlvi] % (i)
-% \end{macrocode}
-% There is also a counter definition for the default label. This will
-% be explained below.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcounter {outldef}[outlvii]
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\theoutlN}
-% Now we can set the proper level numbering.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\renewcommand{\theoutli} {\Roman{outli}}
-\renewcommand{\theoutlii} {\Alph{outlii}}
-\renewcommand{\theoutliii} {\arabic{outliii}}
-\renewcommand{\theoutliv} {\alph{outliv}}
-\renewcommand{\theoutlv} {\roman{outlv}}
-\renewcommand{\theoutlvi} {\alph{outlvi}}
-\renewcommand{\theoutlvii} {\roman{outlvii}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Again we have the default label, which I \emph{promise} will be
-% explained.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\renewcommand{\theoutldef} {}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\labeloutlN}
-% Now the label formats will be defined.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\labeloutli} {\theoutli.}
-\newcommand{\labeloutlii} {\theoutlii.}
-\newcommand{\labeloutliii} {\theoutliii.}
-\newcommand{\labeloutliv} {\theoutliv.}
-\newcommand{\labeloutlv} {\theoutlv.}
-\newcommand{\labeloutlvi} {(\theoutlvi)}
-\newcommand{\labeloutlvii} {(\theoutlvii)}
-\newcommand{\labeloutldef} {\ensuremath{\bullet}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% This next group of definitions are taken from the standard classes'
-% definitions for the \env{enumeration} environment. I have not
-% plumbed the cross-referencing code deeply enough to see how these
-% macros are applied, but I take it on faith from |classes.dtx| that
-% it works.
-% \changes{v0.6}{1996/04/26}{Tweaked \texttt{\protect\bslash p@}\ldots{}
-% definitions based on information in \emph{The \LaTeX{} Companion}.}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\renewcommand{\p@outli} {}
-\renewcommand{\p@outlii} {\theoutli.}
-\renewcommand{\p@outliii} {\p@outlii\theoutlii.}
-\renewcommand{\p@outliv} {\p@outliii\theoutliii.}
-\renewcommand{\p@outlv} {\p@outliv\theoutliv.}
-\renewcommand{\p@outlvi} {\p@outlv\labeloutlv.}
-\renewcommand{\p@outlvii} {\p@outlvi\labeloutlvi.}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% And now we have the promised explanation of having a counter for the
-% default labels. Simply put, the |\p@|\ldots{} commands are defined
-% \emph{via} |\setcounter|. To be able to supply cross-references for
-% outline entries above the seven numbered levels it seems necessary
-% to have the relevant counter definition already made. I could be
-% wrong on this, and maybe I could have defined the cross-reference
-% label directly. If so, let me know. Anyway, that was the
-% explanation---probably not worth the wait, was it?
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\renewcommand{\p@outldef} {\p@outlvii\ldots}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{The Environment}
-%
-% \begin{environment}{outline}
-% The \env{outline} environment itself has a very simple definition.
-% It has a single optional argument. The default value of the
-% argument is fairly arbitrary, so long as it isn't |new|.
-% \changes{v0.6}{1996/04/26}{Added the new skip values to the beginning
-% and end macros for the environment.}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newenvironment{outline}[1][keep]%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% To start the environment, we must simply test to see if the counters
-% should be reset or not.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- {\def\@tempa{#1} \def\@tempb{new}
- \ifx\@tempa\@tempb
- \outl@reset
- \fi
- \penalty\predisplaypenalty\vspace{\aboveoutlskip}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% To finish an outlined section of a document, we include a |\par| (to
-% make sure the |\leftskip| functions correctly), close the last
-% outline group and let it be known that we are no longer in an
-% outline.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- {\par\endgroup\global\outl@groupfalse%
- \penalty\postdisplaypenalty\vspace{\belowoutlskip}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The macro to reset the outline counters is about as straightforward
-% as possible.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\outl@reset}{%
- \setcounter{outli} {0}
- \setcounter{outlii} {0}
- \setcounter{outliii}{0}
- \setcounter{outliv} {0}
- \setcounter{outlv} {0}
- \setcounter{outlvi} {0}
- \setcounter{outlvii}{0}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{environment}
-%
-% \subsection{Outline Styles}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\outlstyle}
-% Outline styles are implemented as a macro call to the desired style
-% just before the text of the outline entry is typeset. \ie in
-% abstract terms, the |\ol| or |\outl| macros will have
-% \begin{tabular}{l}
-% \meta{label}\meta{style-macro}\textit{Text text text\ldots}
-% \end{tabular}
-% The styles are macros named |\ols@|\meta{style}. Thus, the
-% |\outlstyle| macro shecks to see if the style is defined. If not,
-% it emits a warning and selects the plain style.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\outlstyle}[1]{%
- \@ifundefined{ols@#1}
- {\PackageWarning{cjwoutl}{Outline style `#1' is undefined. Using
- style `plain' instead}%
- \def\outl@style{\ols@plain}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% If the requested style exists, we point the macro |\outl@style|
-% towards it. (Note: if anyone can think of a better way to write
-% this, let me know. I wanted to do it as a |\let|, but couldn't
-% figure out the correct sequence of |\expandafter|s to get it to
-% evaluate correctly.)
-% \begin{macrocode}
- {\def\outl@style{\csname ols@#1\endcsname}}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Now we define the two basic styles, |plain| and |firstpar|.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\ols@plain{\@empty}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The |firstpar| style simply takes the first paragraph of the entry
-% as an argument and sets it in |\firstparfont|.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\ols@firstpar#1\par{%
- \bgroup\firstparfont #1\par\egroup}
-
-\DeclareOldFontCommand{\firstparfont}{\normalfont\itshape}{\relax}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Lastly, we select |plain| as the default style.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\outlstyle{plain}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{The Entries}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\ol}
-% The |\ol| macro first takes care of the outline groupings and then
-% processes the \meta{level} argument given by the user.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\ol}[2]{%
- \outl@checkgroups \outl@processlvl{#1}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% We do some minor error handling---like disallowing negative numbers.
-% If a numerical argument is given, the |\outl@processlvl| macro
-% decrements it by one---thus, the actual |outl@indsize| is not the
-% level number that the user enters, but rather the number of
-% |\outlindent|s for the requested level, and the first entry occurs at
-% zero indents, \ie on the left margin. Thus zero, and not one, is
-% the minimum value which can be assigned to |\outl@indsize|.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifnum \c@outl@indsize < 1\relax%
- \setcounter{outl@indsize}{0}%
- \leftskip = 0pt%
- \else%
- \leftskip = \c@outl@indsize\outlindent%
- \fi%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% We specify that the first paragraph of an entry should not be
-% indented and we make the label.
-% \changes{v0.6}{1996/04/26}{Moved the \texttt{\protect\bslash llap} command
-% into \texttt{\protect\bslash theoutlabel}---otherwise the reference
-% strings were being defined inside groups and being lost.}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \noindent\theoutlabel{#2}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The |\ignorespaces| macro allows the user to enter |\outl{1} Text|
-% instead of the slightly less readable |\outl{1}Text| in the source
-% file without the extra spaces showing up in the document. Anyway,
-% then we call |\outl@style| which has been defined to be the selected
-% style macro.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ignorespaces\outl@style}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% The |\npp| and |\unpp| macros are straightforward derivatives of the
-% |\ol| macro.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\npp}[1]{\ol{#1}{\null}\null\indent}
-\newcommand{\unpp}[1]{\ol{#1}{\null}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\outl}
-% The |\outl| macro is more or less identical to |\ol| above.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\outl}[1]{%
- \outl@checkgroups \outl@processlvl{#1}%
- \ifnum \c@outl@indsize < 1\relax%
- \setcounter{outl@indsize}{0}%
- \leftskip = 0pt%
- \else%
- \leftskip = \c@outl@indsize\outlindent%
- \fi%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The difference is in calling the |\outl@label| macro which takes
-% care of the automatic labels.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \noindent\outl@label{\c@outl@indsize}%
- \ignorespaces\outl@style}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\outl@checkgroups}
-% Now we define the macro that balances the outline groupings. If we
-% are already in a group, provide a |\par| to get the |\leftskip|
-% right, then close the group and change the group flag.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\outl@checkgroups}{%
- \ifoutl@group
- \par\endgroup\global\outl@groupfalse
- \smallbreak
- \fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Since we have just finished an outline group, we can set
-% |outl@lastind|, then provide appropriate space (encouraging breaks
-% between enries) and start a new group.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \setcounter{outl@lastind}{\c@outl@indsize}
- \smallbreak
- \begingroup
- \global\outl@grouptrue}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\outl@processlvl}
-% The \meta{level} argument can be a number or one of |+|, |-| and
-% |=|. The check is implemented as a set of nested |\if| statements.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\outl@processlvl}[1]{%
- \def\@tempa{+}\def\@tempb{-}\def\@tempc{=}
- \def\@tempd{#1}
- \ifx\@tempa\@tempd
- \addtocounter{outl@indsize}{1}
- \else\ifx\@tempb\@tempd
- \addtocounter{outl@indsize}{-1}
- \else\ifx\@tempc\@tempd
- % Nothing---stay at same level.
- \else
- \setcounter{outl@indsize}{\@tempd}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% If we are setting to a new level number, we decrement by one, as
-% mentioned in the definition of |\ol|, in order to convert the level
-% number to an indentation size.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \addtocounter{outl@indsize}{-1}
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsection{Labels}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\outl@label}
-% The |\outl@label| macro, called by |\outl| with the |outl@indsize|
-% as an argument, simply decides which level to make by way of an
-% |\ifcase| statement.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\outl@label}[1]{%
- \ifcase #1
- \@dolabeli\or\@dolabelii\or\@dolabeliii%
- \or\@dolabeliv\or\@dolabelv\or\@dolabelvi%
- \or\@dolabelvii\else\@dolabeldef%
- \fi}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% The labels are set in |\labelfont|. I have a set of personal macros
-% that define a |\labelfont| for other uses, so the declaration is
-% surrounded by a test.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@ifundefined{labelfont}
- {\DeclareOldFontCommand{\labelfont}%
- {\normalfont\bfseries\mathversion{bold}}{\mathbf}}
- {} % Do nothing---|\labelfont| is already defined
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The generic form of the outline labels is given by |\theoutlabel|.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\theoutlabel}[1]{%
- \llap{\hbox{\labelfont#1\enskip}}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Finally we define the macros which are called for the auto-numbering
-% and label creation for the |\outl| macro.
-% \changes{v0.6}{1996/04/26}{Changed \texttt{\protect\bslash stepcounter}
-% call to \texttt{\protect\bslash refstepcounter} in order to get
-% cross-referencing to work right.}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\@dolabeli}{%
- \refstepcounter{outli}\theoutlabel{\labeloutli}}
-\newcommand{\@dolabelii}{%
- \refstepcounter{outlii}\theoutlabel{\labeloutlii}}
-\newcommand{\@dolabeliii}{%
- \refstepcounter{outliii}\theoutlabel{\labeloutliii}}
-\newcommand{\@dolabeliv}{%
- \refstepcounter{outliv}\theoutlabel{\labeloutliv}}
-\newcommand{\@dolabelv}{%
- \refstepcounter{outlv}\theoutlabel{\labeloutlv}}
-\newcommand{\@dolabelvi}{%
- \refstepcounter{outlvi}\theoutlabel{\labeloutlvi}}
-\newcommand{\@dolabelvii}{%
- \refstepcounter{outlvii}\theoutlabel{\labeloutlvii}}
-\newcommand{\@dolabeldef}{%
- \refstepcounter{outldef}\theoutlabel{\labeloutldef}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% And with that, we are finished.
-%
-% \iffalse
-%</package>
-% \fi
-%
-% \Finale
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/cjw/cjwoutl.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/cjw/cjwoutl.ins
deleted file mode 100644
index f93dcfa0587..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/cjw/cjwoutl.ins
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-\def\batchfile{cjwoutl.ins}
-\input docstrip.tex
-
-\preamble
-
-Copyright (C) 1995 by Colin J. Wynne
-
-This file is part of cjwoutl, a package
-for generating outlines with LaTeX2e.
-
-\endpreamble
-
-% Don't display progress
-\keepsilent
-
-\generateFile{cjwoutl.sty}{t}{\from{cjwoutl.dtx}{package}}
-
-\endinput
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/cjw/cjwplain.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/cjw/cjwplain.dtx
deleted file mode 100644
index 494882b5a55..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/cjw/cjwplain.dtx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1007 +0,0 @@
-% \iffalse -*- LaTeX -*-
-%
-% This is file `cjwplain.dtx'. You can run this file through
-% LaTeX2e to get a .dvi file of documentation. The file
-% `cjwplain.ins' should have come with this file. Run LaTeX2e on
-% it to produce the actual input files.
-%
-%<+package|tabbing|output> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-%<+package> \ProvidesPackage{cjwplain}
-%<+tabbing> \ProvidesFile{cjwpltab.clo}
-%<+output> \ProvidesFile{cjwplout.clo}
-%<+package|tabbing|output> [1995/05/01 v0.5
-%<+package> Plain TeX Macros for LaTeX2e---CJW]
-%<+tabbing> Plain TeX Tabbing Macros for LaTeX2e---CJW]
-%<+output> Plain TeX Output Macros for LaTeX2e---CJW]
-%
-% \fi
-\def\RCSinfo{$Id: cjwplain.dtx,v 1.2 1998/08/31 22:57:40 cwynne Exp $}
-
-\def\RCSsplit $#1: #2,v #3 #4 #5 #6 #7${
- \gdef\filename {#2}
- \gdef\fileversion{#3}
- \gdef\filedate {#4}
- \gdef\filetime {#5}
- \gdef\fileauthor {#6}
- \gdef\filelocker {#7}}
-
-\expandafter\RCSsplit\RCSinfo
-%% \CharacterTable
-%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
-%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
-%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
-%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
-%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
-%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
-%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
-%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
-%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
-%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
-%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
-%%
-% \CheckSum{1208}
-%
-% \iffalse
-%
-%<*driver>
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesFile{cjwplain.dtx}
- [\filedate\space v\fileversion\space
- The cjwplain Package for LaTeX2e---CJW]
-\documentclass{ltxdoc}
- \GetFileInfo{cjwplain.dtx}
- \RecordChanges
-\begin{document}
- \DocInput{\filename}
-\end{document}
-%</driver>
-% \fi
-%
-% \DeclareRobustCommand{\cseq}[1]{\texttt{\bslash#1}}
-% \DeclareRobustCommand{\pkg} [1]{\textsf{#1}}
-% \DeclareRobustCommand{\env} [1]{\textsf{#1}}
-%
-% \title{The \textsf{cjwplain} Package\thanks{%
-% This file has version \fileversion.} \\
-% (\PlainTeX{} under \LaTeXe)}
-% \author{Colin J.~Wynne\thanks{E-Mail at:
-% \texttt{cwynne@brutus.mts.jhu.edu},
-% \texttt{cwynne@jhu.edu}\,.}}
-% \date{\filedate}
-%
-% \maketitle
-%
-% \setcounter{StandardModuleDepth}{1}
-%
-% {\parskip 0pt ^^A% This is the hack used by |doc.dtx|.
-% ^^A% (bug in \LaTeX?)
-% \tableofcontents
-% }
-%
-% \section*{Introduction}
-%
-% I first started using \TeX{} some two-and-a-half years ago, having
-% been introduced to it by several \TeX nophiles in my college math
-% department. I was aware from the start that there was a somehow
-% `bastardised' version of this very good program which went by the
-% name `\LaTeX'---invariably referred to by my \TeX{} mentors as
-% `Lame\TeX'. Most of you have probably heard this epithet before.
-%
-% Well, I count it as a good thing that I was discouraged from using
-% \LaTeX{} at first, as I ended up writing quite a lot of \TeX{} code
-% for myself before I ever got around to actually reading \textit{The
-% \TeX book} in its entirety, which I did only a few
-% months ago. My first real project for \TeX{} was writing a large
-% macro set for my undergraduate thesis---table of contents, marks for
-% the running heads, chapter and section delineation and so forth.
-% This growing library was expanded as I decided I wanted a good set
-% of macros for writing outlines and by requirements for various
-% papers, such as using endnotes in lieu of footnotes. This rather
-% haphazard collection of mine underwent a major change when I found
-% the macro package for NFSS (version 1) under \PlainTeX{}, of which I
-% promptly took advantage.
-%
-% This year I finally got my own computer, mainly to run \TeX{}.
-% Given my newly purchased copy of \textit{The \TeX book} and some
-% free time, I began to try to organise that cluster of code. Having
-% learned something in the meanwhile about generic markup, and why
-% it is preferable, I started rewriting for more generalisation. Also
-% in the meanwhile, \LaTeXe{} had come along, greatly enhancing
-% \LaTeX's own use of generic markup. It also standardised the NFSS,
-% which I had so come to appreciate. Basically, between the various
-% chunks of \LaTeXe{} which I had already hacked to work under my
-% custom format and the movement towards increasingly generic code by
-% both myself and the \LaTeX{} folks, that a convergence was taking
-% place, so I finally decided to give \LaTeXe{} a serious looking-at.
-%
-% I started by printing out the documented source code. I liked a lot
-% of what I saw---but there were two problems. Some of my favourite
-% bits of \PlainTeX{} got left by the wayside. For doing a lot of
-% mathematics, I still find |\eqalign| to be the easiest way of
-% aligning a bunch of related equations. First, it involves less
-% typing than a |\begin|\ldots|\end| pair, and I don't often need
-% equation numbers---something not easily done away with under vanilla
-% \LaTeX. The bigger concern was that I had a bunch of source files
-% that were written under \PlainTeX{} (or, rather, under \emph{my}
-% \PlainTeX), and I didn't want to have to make the dozens of minor
-% modifications necessary to get them to work under \LaTeX.
-%
-% So, I decided to learn how \LaTeX{} does things and to do so by
-% writing a package that would, at its simplest, let me add a
-% |\documentclass| and a |\begin{document}| line to one of my existing
-% \PlainTeX{} sourc files and get it to compile under \LaTeX.
-%
-% Thus, I have written my first \LaTeX{} package. I consider the main
-% feature to be the ability to very easily add NFSS commands to a
-% document written under \PlainTeX. Secondly, maybe it will help
-% convince some other \PlainTeX{} die-hards to give \LaTeX{} a try,
-% inasmuch as all of their standard commands will be supported.
-% Finally, it should let those who use \LaTeX{} exclusively to easily
-% deal with \PlainTeX{} files if the need arises.
-%
-% \pagebreak
-% Feel free to let me know if you find this package useful or, of
-% course, if you find any bugs or wish to suggest improvements.
-%
-% \subsection*{This Package}
-%
-% This package is built over the file |ltplain.dtx|, or, more
-% correctly, over those parts of |ltplain.dtx| which were changes to
-% or omissions of the original \PlainTeX{} source. Some parts,
-% specifically font changes, have not been reproduced in their
-% entirety, due basically to the fact that such would be a pointless
-% exercise. See the comments in Section \ref{sec:font} for the
-% explanation.
-%
-% Finally, this document prints with all source code because I feel
-% the source itself, and the modifications to it, are the best
-% documentation.
-%
-%
-% \section{Package Options}
-%
-% According to the documented \LaTeXe{} source file |ltplain.dtx|,
-% \begin{quote}
-% \LaTeX\ includes almost all of the functionality of Knuth's
-% original `Basic Macros' That is, the plain \TeX\ format described
-% in Appendix~B of the \TeX{}Book.
-% \end{quote}
-% It seems to me that removing the qualifying `almost' would be no bad
-% thing.
-%
-% The idea behind the available options is that a given user may need
-% only certain aspects of \PlainTeX{} added back in for a document.
-% Furthermore, the additional code can sometimes be specified in
-% different ways---\emph{i.e.}, either strictly according to the
-% definitions of \PlainTeX{} or in a manner syntactically identical to
-% \PlainTeX{} but functionally grounded in \LaTeX. The overall goal,
-% though, is completeness; I have therefore included everything, in
-% one form or another, even when I can't think of a reason why some
-% things would be necessary.
-%
-% There are nineteen regular and two special options available for the
-% |cjwplain| package. (All are entered in standard \LaTeX{} form, as
-% optional arguments to the |\usepackage| command. I only call two of
-% them `special' so as to draw attention to them.)
-%
-% \subsection{Regular Options}
-%
-% \DescribeMacro{Options}
-% The regular options are:
-% \changes{v0.5}{1995/06/08}{Added \env{plainskips} and
-% \env{plainskipsoff}.}
-% \begin{center}
-% \begin{tabular}{llll}
-% outerallocs & diagnostics & plainskips \\
-% outerallocsoff & diagnosticsoff & plainskipsoff \\
-% strictline & tabbing & strictitem \\
-% strictlineoff & tabbingoff & strictitemoff \\
-% eqalign & magnification & plainoutput \\
-% eqalignoff & magnificationoff & plainoutputoff \\
-% strictfootnotes & altfootnotes & footnotesoff \\
-% \end{tabular}
-% \end{center}
-% Note that most of these options come in
-% \meta{option}/\meta{option}|off| pairs. These are
-% particularly useful in conjunction with the special options
-% (\ref{sec:spec-opts}) or to toggle the default options. By default,
-% the options |diagnostics|, |tabbing| and |eqalign| are active (just
-% what I tend to use\ldots).
-%
-% The actual options will be explained in section \ref{sec:code}.
-% Keep in mind, though, that some options affect others---for example
-% selecting one of |strictfootnotes| and |altfootnotes| will
-% automatically turn the other off; you can, however, disable both
-% forms either with |footnotesoff| or by giving the two separate
-% \ldots|off| commands separately. Also, |plainoutput| requires
-% |strictfootnotes| and |magnification|, but |plainoutputoff| itself
-% does not disable the \PlainTeX{} footnote macros or magnification.
-%
-% \subsection{Special Options}
-% \label{sec:spec-opts}
-%
-% \DescribeMacro{none}\DescribeMacro{all}
-% Two options, called |none| and |all|, are available to allow maximum
-% flexibility. These function because |cjwplain| calls the starred
-% command |\ProcessOptions*| and therefore processes options in the
-% order specified to |\usepackage|, and not the package's internal
-% declaration order. Thus, to make only \PlainTeX's tabbing commands
-% available, one would use the call
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% \usepackage[none,tabbing]{cjwplain}
-% \end{verbatim}
-% and to use everything while leaving \LaTeX's |\item| command alone
-% one would enter the command
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% \usepackage[all,strictitemoff]{cjwplain}
-% \end{verbatim}
-% in the preamble.
-%
-%\StopEventually{\PrintChanges\PrintIndex}
-%
-% \section{The Code}
-% \label{sec:code}
-%
-% \subsection{Declarations}
-%
-% The options are implemented as |\if| statements, as that seemed to
-% me to be the easiest way of including or excluding relatively large
-% sections of code. First we allocate the |\if|s.
-% \changes{v0.5}{1995/06/04}{Added \cseq{if@plainskips} and related macros
-% for the \textsf{plainskips} option.}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*package>
-\newif\if@outerallocs \@outerallocsfalse
-\newif\if@diagnostics \@diagnosticstrue
-\newif\if@plainskips \@plainskipsfalse
-\newif\if@strictline \@strictlinetrue
-\newif\if@tabbing \@tabbingtrue
-\newif\if@strictitem \@strictitemfalse
-\newif\if@eqalign \@eqaligntrue
-\newif\if@strictfootnotes \@strictfootnotesfalse
-\newif\if@altfootnotes \@altfootnotesfalse
-\newif\if@plainoutput \@plainoutputfalse
-\newif\if@magnification \@magnificationfalse
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Now we declare how the options affect these |\if| tests.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{outerallocs}{\@outerallocstrue}
-\DeclareOption{outerallocsoff}{\@outerallocsfalse}
-
-\DeclareOption{diagnostics}{\@diagnosticstrue}
-\DeclareOption{diagnosticsoff}{\@diagnosticsfalse}
-
-\DeclareOption{plainskips}{\@plainskipstrue}
-\DeclareOption{planiskipsoff}{\@plainskipsfalse}
-
-\DeclareOption{strictline}{\@strictlinetrue}
-\DeclareOption{strictlineoff}{\@strictlinefalse}
-
-\DeclareOption{tabbing}{\@tabbingtrue}
-\DeclareOption{tabbingoff}{\@tabbingfalse}
-
-\DeclareOption{strictitem}{\@strictitemtrue}
-\DeclareOption{strictitemoff}{\@strictitemfalse}
-
-\DeclareOption{eqalign}{\@eqaligntrue}
-\DeclareOption{eqalignoff}{\@eqalignfalse}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% We will have two possible ways of providing a |\footnote| command.
-% As these are mutually exclusive, we make sure that they cannot both
-% be true.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{strictfootnotes}{%
- \@strictfootnotestrue \@altfootnotesfalse}
-\DeclareOption{altfootnotes}{%
- \@altfootnotestrue \@strictfootnotesfalse}
-\DeclareOption{footnotesoff}{%
- \@altfootnotesfalse \@strictfootnotesfalse}
-
-\DeclareOption{magnification}{\@magnificationtrue}
-\DeclareOption{magnificationoff}{\@magnificationfalse}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% To use \PlainTeX's entire output routine will require that
-% magnification code as well as \PlainTeX{} style footnotes be
-% defined.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{plainoutput}{%
- \@plainoutputtrue \@strictfootnotestrue
- \@altfootnotesfalse \@magnificationtrue}
-\DeclareOption{plainoutputoff}{\@plainoutputfalse}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The two special options are given.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{none}{%
- \@outerallocsfalse \@eqalignfalse
- \@diagnosticsfalse \@plainskipsfalse
- \@strictfootnotesfalse\@strictlinefalse
- \@altfootnotesfalse \@tabbingfalse
- \@magnificationfalse \@strictitemfalse
- \@plainoutputfalse}
-
-\DeclareOption{all}{%
- \@outerallocstrue \@eqaligntrue
- \@diagnosticstrue \@plainskipstrue
- \@strictfootnotestrue\@strictlinetrue
- \@altfootnotestrue \@tabbingtrue
- \@magnificationtrue \@strictitemtrue
- \@plainoutputtrue}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Finally we define a default option handling routine. I prefer only
-% a warning as opposed to an error.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption*{%
- \PackageWarning{cjwplain}{Unknown option `\CurrentOption'}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Now that all the options are declared, we process them in the order
-% specified in the package call.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ProcessOptions*
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{Allocation Calls: \env{outerallocs}}
-%
-%\DescribeMacro{\newcount}
-%\DescribeMacro{\newdimen}
-%\DescribeMacro{\newskip}
-%\DescribeMacro{\newbox}
-%\DescribeMacro{\newwrite}
-%\DescribeMacro{\newfam}
-% Originally \PlainTeX{} had all allocation macros (|\newcount|, etc.)
-% defined as |\outer|. \LaTeX{} redefines several of them to be
-% non-outer. Careful consideration has failed to yield to me why
-% these would need to be rewritten as |\outer| in this package---any
-% \PlainTeX{} file which expects |\outer| definitions would not call
-% them in a non-outer position, and any other files would themselves
-% have redefined versions of the macros.
-%
-% Since, however, it is such a small change, we will provide it.
-% \textsc{Note:} Using the |outerallocs| option will break a good
-% deal of standard \LaTeX{} code, namely the standard macros for
-% counters and lengths. This means you probably do \emph{not} want
-% to use it. It is here only for completeness's sake.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\if@outerallocs
-
-\outer\def\newcount{\alloc@0\count\countdef\insc@unt}
-\outer\def\newdimen{\alloc@1\dimen\dimendef\insc@unt}
-\outer\def\newskip{\alloc@2\skip\skipdef\insc@unt}
-
-\outer\def\newbox{\alloc@4\box\chardef\insc@unt}
-\outer\def\newwrite{\alloc@7\write\chardef\sixt@@n}
-\outer\def\newfam{\alloc@8\fam\chardef\sixt@@n}
-
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{Error Processing: \env{diagnostics}}
-%
-% Any \PlainTeX{} afficianados using this package will feel more
-% comfortable to have the standard values for error processing
-% information. One change, though. \LaTeXe{} uses a \emph{counter}
-% named |errorcontextlines|, and not a count.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\if@diagnostics
-
-\showboxbreadth=5
-\showboxdepth=3
-\setcounter{errorcontextlines}{5}
-
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{Skips: \env{plainskips}}
-% \changes{v0.5}{1995/06/08}{Added the sub-section `Skips'.}
-%
-% When the |plainskips| option is selected, the three |\|\dots|skip|
-% macros should unconditionally leave horizontal mode and insert a
-% skip, like in \PlainTeX.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\if@plainskips
- \def\smallskip{\vskip\smallskipamount}
- \def\medskip{\vskip\medskipamount}
- \def\bigskip{\vskip\bigskipamount}
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{Fonts}
-% \label{sec:font}
-%
-% A package already exists whereby oldstyle font commands can be
-% given, namely |oldlfont|. Furthermore, one can use |rawfonts|, if
-% necessary, to load in such specific fonts as |\ninebf|, etc.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%\font\tenrm=cmr10 % roman text
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \qquad$\vdots$
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%\textfont\ttfam=\tentt
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{The \cseq{line} Macro: \env{strictline}}
-%
-%\DescribeMacro{\line}
-%\DescribeMacro{\latex@line}
-% Now we get to the first tricky part. The |\line| macro needs to be
-% available to the |picture| environment in \LaTeX, as well as
-% restoring the original \PlainTeX{} definition for our usage here.
-% The good news is that \LaTeX{} \emph{only} uses |\line| inside of
-% the |picture| environment. So we employ the following solution: we
-% keep the definition of |\@@line| as per \LaTeX{} convention, and
-% give in any case a user accessible |\plainline|.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\plainline\@@line
-
-\if@strictline
-
-%\def\@@line{\hbox to\hsize} % Defined in |ltplain.dtx|
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Now we define an internal name for the standard \LaTeX{} macro and
-% restore the \PlainTeX{} definition.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\latex@line\line
-\let\line\@@line
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The definitions of |\leftline|, |\rightline| and |\centerline| can
-% be left as is (though users depending upon personal redefinitions of
-% |\line| for special effects in these macros should simply put their
-% redefinition into the macro |\@@line|).
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%\def\leftline#1{\@@line{#1\hss}}
-%\def\rightline#1{\@@line{\hss#1}}
-%\def\centerline#1{\@@line{\hss#1\hss}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Now we make a patch to the definition of |\@picture| (the workhorse
-% macro for the |picture| environment) which will restore the \LaTeX{}
-% definition only within that environment.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@picture(#1,#2)(#3,#4){%
- \let\line\latex@line%
- \@picht#2\unitlength
- \setbox\@picbox\hbox to#1\unitlength\bgroup
- \hskip -#3\unitlength
- \lower #4\unitlength\hbox\bgroup
- \ignorespaces}
-
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{Tab Alignments: \env{tabbing}}
-%
-% The tabbing macros from \PlainTeX{} use the |\newif| construction,
-% so must occur at an |\outer| level. Thus, they are included in a
-% separate package.
-% \changes{v0.5}{1995/06/04}{Use \cseq{InputIfFileExists} instead of
-% \cseq{RequirePackage} to input \pkg{cjwpltab.clo}; otherwise a
-% warning (error?) is produced, since the latter expects a
-% \pkg{.sty} file.}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\if@tabbing
- \InputIfFileExists{cjwpltab.clo}{}{%
- \PackageWarning{cjwplain}{Option `cjwpltab.clo' not found.}
- \@tabbingfalse}
-\fi
-%</package>
-%<*tabbing>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-%\DescribeMacro{\cleartabs}
-%\DescribeMacro{\settabs}
-%\DescribeMacro{\tabalign}
-%\DescribeMacro{\+}
-% \LaTeX{} may have it's own tabbing environment, but I like
-% \PlainTeX's. The only potential conflict I saw was with the
-% \verb|\+| macro. However, \LaTeX{} only defines \verb|\+| inside of
-% the |tabbing| environment itself, so there should be absolutely no
-% problem.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newif\ifus@ \newif\if@cr
-\newbox\tabs \newbox\tabsyet \newbox\tabsdone
-
-\def\cleartabs{\global\setbox\tabsyet\null \setbox\tabs\null}
-\def\settabs{\setbox\tabs\null \futurelet\next\sett@b}
-\let\+=\relax % in case this file is being read in twice
-\def\sett@b{\ifx\next\+\let\next\relax
-\def\next{\afterassignment\s@tt@b\let\next}%
- \else\let\next\s@tcols\fi\next}
-\def\s@tt@b{\let\next\relax\us@false\m@ketabbox}
-\def\tabalign{\us@true\m@ketabbox} % non-\outer version of \+
-\outer\def\+{\tabalign}
-\def\s@tcols#1\columns{\count@#1 \dimen@\hsize
- \loop\ifnum\count@>\z@ \@nother \repeat}
-\def\@nother{\dimen@ii\dimen@ \divide\dimen@ii\count@
- \setbox\tabs\hbox{\hbox to\dimen@ii{}\unhbox\tabs}%
- \advance\dimen@-\dimen@ii \advance\count@\m@ne}
-
-\def\m@ketabbox{\begingroup
- \global\setbox\tabsyet\copy\tabs
- \global\setbox\tabsdone\null
- \def\cr{\@crtrue\crcr\egroup\egroup
-\ifus@\unvbox\z@\lastbox\fi\endgroup
-\setbox\tabs\hbox{\unhbox\tabsyet\unhbox\tabsdone}}%
- \setbox\z@\vbox\bgroup\@crfalse
-\ialign\bgroup&\t@bbox##\t@bb@x\crcr}
-
-\def\t@bbox{\setbox\z@\hbox\bgroup}
-\def\t@bb@x{\if@cr\egroup % now \box\z@ holds the column
- \else\hss\egroup \global\setbox\tabsyet\hbox{\unhbox\tabsyet
- \global\setbox\@ne\lastbox}% now \box\@ne holds its size
-\ifvoid\@ne\global\setbox\@ne\hbox to\wd\z@{}%
-\else\setbox\z@\hbox to\wd\@ne{\unhbox\z@}\fi
-\global\setbox\tabsdone\hbox{\box\@ne\unhbox\tabsdone}\fi
- \box\z@}
-%</tabbing>
-%<*package>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{Itemising: \env{strictitem}}
-%
-%\DescribeMacro{\@@item}
-%\DescribeMacro{\plainitem}
-% Now we have another problem, namely the |\item| macro. I
-% unfortunately see no way to get around the fact that |\item| is a
-% general macro in \LaTeX{}, and that the formats are completely
-% different: i.e., \PlainTeX{} expects the \meta{label} to be the one
-% mandatory argument, whereas \LaTeX's |\item| macro takes the
-% \meta{label} as an optional argument. Thus, the best I can think of
-% is the following. We redefine \PlainTeX's |\item| after standard
-% \LaTeX{} practice,
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@@item{\par\hang\textindent}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% and we |\let| it to something accessible in normal documents, the
-% command |\plainitem|.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\plainitem\@@item
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The command |\itemitem| can be taken care of directly.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\itemitem{\par\indent \hangindent2\parindent \textindent}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Now a user will have to replace all occurrences of |\item{foo}| with
-% either |\item[foo]| or |\plainitem{foo}| (I imagine the choice will
-% depend upon one's editor's facilities with regexps\ldots). It's not
-% perfect, but it's the only way I can think of to provide maximum
-% compatibility. Of course, we will still give the option,
-% |strictitem|, of using
-% just the original definition, but that will probably not be terribly
-% convenient for anyone trying to add \LaTeX{} features on top of an
-% existing \PlainTeX{} source. Thus, we will also provide the
-% (slightly longwinded) replacement |\latexitem|.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\if@strictitem
- \let\latexitem\item
- \let\item\@@item
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{Miscellaneous}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Sectioning}
-%
-% I have personally never used the \PlainTeX{} |\beginsection| macro,
-% but somebody might have\ldots
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\outer\def\beginsection#1\par{\vskip\z@ plus.3\vsize\penalty-250
- \vskip\z@ plus-.3\vsize\bigskip\vskip\parskip
- \message{#1}\leftline{\bf#1}\nobreak\smallskip\noindent}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Proclamations}
-%
-% Once again we will leave \LaTeX's NFSS based redefinition, this time
-% for the |\proclaim| command, in place.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%\outer\def\proclaim #1. #2\par{\medbreak
-% \noindent{\bfseries#1.\enspace}{\slshape#2\par}%
-% \ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount \removelastskip\penalty55\medskip\fi}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Paragraph Formatting}
-%
-% I have done some simple tests of \LaTeX's |\raggedright| macro, and
-% it seems to me that it mimics the functionality of the \PlainTeX{}
-% macro of the same name. Therefore I see no reason to redefine it as
-% part of this package.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%\def\raggedright{%
-% \rightskip\z@ plus2em \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em\relax}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Another \LaTeX{} font change will also be left as is.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%\def\ttraggedright{\reset@font\ttfamily\rightskip\z@ plus2em\relax}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Accents and Miscellaneous}
-%
-% These should work as is for \PlainTeX{} documents.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.06em \vbox{\hrule \@width.3em}}
-%\def\AA{\leavevmode\setbox0\hbox{h}\dimen@\ht0\advance\dimen@-1ex%
-% \rlap{\raise.67\dimen@\hbox{\char'27}}A}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Nor do I see a reason to change these back to \PlainTeX{}
-% definitions.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%\def\pd#1{\oalign{#1\crcr\hidewidth\sh@ft{08}.\hidewidth}}
-%\def\d{\protect\pd}
-%
-%\def\pb#1{\oalign{#1\crcr\hidewidth\sh@ft{29}%
-%\vbox to.2ex{\hbox{\char22}\vss}\hidewidth}}
-%\def\b{\protect\pb}
-%
-%\def\pc#1{\setbox\z@\hbox{#1}\ifdim\ht\z@=1ex\accent24 #1%
-% \else{\ooalign{\unhbox\z@\crcr\hidewidth\char24\hidewidth}}\fi}
-%\def\c{\protect\pc}
-%
-%\def\pt#1{{\edef\next{\the\font}\the\textfont1\accent127\next#1}}
-%\def\t{\protect\pt}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% The \LaTeX{} definition of |\ldots| is more or less identical to the
-% \PlainTeX{} macro |\dots|. So we will leave this alone, too.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%\def\dots{\ldots}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% These changes, as others before, only add functionality without
-% seeming to limit \PlainTeX{} usage, so no change will be made.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%\def\hrulefill{\leavevmode\leaders\hrule\hfill\kern\z@}
-%\def\dotfill{\leavevmode\cleaders
-% \hbox{$\m@th \mkern1.5mu.\mkern1.5mu$}\hfill\kern\z@}
-%
-%\def\longrightarrow{\protect\@lra}
-% \def\@lra{\relbar\joinrel\rightarrow}
-%\def\longleftarrow{\protect\@lla}
-% \def\@lla{\leftarrow\joinrel\relbar}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Ending the Document}
-%
-% We simply add the |\bye| macro back in, though the |\end| should be
-% changed to the \LaTeX{} |\end{document}|.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\outer\def\bye{\end{document}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-%
-% \subsubsection{Math Commands}
-%
-% Operators and other math-mode font-related changes will be ignored
-% with as other NFSS alterations already mentioned.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%\def\log{\mathop{\rm log}\nolimits}
-%\def\lg{\mathop{\rm lg}\nolimits}
-%\def\deg{\mathop{\rm deg}\nolimits}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\qquad$\vdots$
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%\def\bmod{\mskip-\medmuskip\mkern5mu
-% \mathbin{\rm mod}\penalty900\mkern5mu\mskip-\medmuskip}
-%\def\pmod#1{\allowbreak\mkern18mu({\rm mod}\,\,#1)}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Various |\matrix| type command, including |\bordermatrix| and
-% |\cases| have similarly been rewritten for NFSS commands under
-% \LaTeX.
-%
-% \subsection{Math Alignment: \env{eqalign}}
-%
-%\DescribeMacro{\eqalign}
-%\DescribeMacro{\eqalignno}
-%\DescribeMacro{\leqalignno}
-% If the |eqalign| option has been selected, we add |\eqalign| back
-% in, as well as related macros. Notice that we use the |\@centering|
-% macro provided by \LaTeX, because \LaTeX{} itself reserves
-% |\centering|. We also supply a user macro |\plaincentering| in case
-% such is needed.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\plaincentering\@centering
-
-\if@eqalign
-
-\def\eqalign#1{\null\,\vcenter{\openup\jot\m@th
- \ialign{\strut\hfil$\displaystyle{##}$&$\displaystyle{{}##}$\hfil
- \crcr#1\crcr}}\,}
-
-\def\eqalignno#1{\displ@y \tabskip\@centering
- \halign to\displaywidth{\hfil$\@lign\displaystyle{##}$\tabskip\z@skip
- &$\@lign\displaystyle{{}##}$\hfil\tabskip\@centering
- &\llap{$\@lign##$}\tabskip\z@skip\crcr
- #1\crcr}}
-\def\leqalignno#1{\displ@y \tabskip\@centering
- \halign to\displaywidth{\hfil$\@lign\displaystyle{##}$\tabskip\z@skip
- &$\@lign\displaystyle{{}##}$\hfil\tabskip\@centering
- &\kern-\displaywidth\rlap{$\@lign##$}\tabskip\displaywidth\crcr
- #1\crcr}}
-
-\else
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\DescribeEnv{eqnarray*}
-% If the user does not choose this option, we will instead define an
-% |eqnarray*| environment which does not number equations.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@namedef{eqnarray*}{%
- \let \\ \cr $$\null\,\vcenter{\openup\jot\m@th
- \ialign{\strut\hfil$\displaystyle{##}$&$\displaystyle{{}##}$\hfil\crcr}}}
-\@namedef{endeqnarray*}{\crcr}
-
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{Output Routine: \env{plainoutput}}
-%
-% The output routines also involve |\newif| commands, and are
-% therefore also relegated to a separate package.
-% \changes{v0.5}{1995/06/04}{Use \cseq{InputIfFileExists} instead of
-% \cseq{RequirePackage} to input \pkg{cjwplout.clo}; otherwise a
-% warning (error?) is produced, since the latter expects a
-% \pkg{.sty} file.}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\if@plainoutput
- \InputIfFileExists{cjwplout.clo}{}{%
- \PackageWarning{cjwplain}{Option `cjwplout.clo' not found.}
- \@tabbingfalse}
-\fi
-%</package>
-%<*output>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-%\DescribeMacro{\headline}
-%\DescribeMacro{\footline}
-%\DescribeMacro{\pageno}
-%\DescribeMacro{\folio}
-% If the user wishes to use the entire \PlainTeX{} output routine, we
-% first redefine the normal versions of |headline|, |footline| and
-% |pageno|, as well as related macros. We will use NFSS definitions
-% in place of |\tenrm|.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\countdef\pageno=0 \pageno=1 % first page is number 1
-\newtoks\headline \headline={\hfil} % headline is normally blank
-\newtoks\footline \footline={\hss\reset@font\folio\hss}
- % footline is normally a centered page number in font \tenrm
-\def\nopagenumbers{\footline{\hfil}} % blank out the footline
-\def\folio{%
- \ifnum\pageno<\z@ \romannumeral-\pageno \else\number\pageno \fi}
-\def\advancepageno{\ifnum\pageno<\z@ \global\advance\pageno\m@ne
- \else\global\advance\pageno\@ne \fi} % increase |pageno|
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\DescribeMacro{\raggedbottom}
-%\DescribeMacro{\normalbottom}
-% We also supply the |\raggedbottom| macro and its counterpart,
-% |\normalbottom|.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newif\ifr@ggedbottom
-\def\raggedbottom{\topskip 10\p@ plus60\p@ \r@ggedbottomtrue}
-\def\normalbottom{\topskip 10\p@ \r@ggedbottomfalse}
- % undoes \raggedbottom
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-%\DescribeMacro{\topinsert}
-%\DescribeMacro{\midinsert}
-%\DescribeMacro{\pageinsert}
-% If the entire output routine is being used, we define the
-% \PlainTeX{} insertion macros as normal.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newinsert\topins
-\newif\ifp@ge \newif\if@mid
-\def\topinsert{\@midfalse\p@gefalse\@ins}
-\def\midinsert{\@midtrue\@ins}
-\def\pageinsert{\@midfalse\p@getrue\@ins}
-\skip\topins=\z@skip % no space added when a topinsert is present
-\count\topins=1000 % magnification factor (1 to 1)
-\dimen\topins=\maxdimen % no limit per page
-\def\@ins{\par\begingroup\setbox\z@\vbox\bgroup} % start a \vbox
-\def\endinsert{\egroup % finish the \vbox
- \if@mid \dimen@\ht\z@ \advance\dimen@\dp\z@ \advance\dimen@12\p@
- \advance\dimen@\pagetotal \advance\dimen@-\pageshrink
- \ifdim\dimen@>\pagegoal\@midfalse\p@gefalse\fi\fi
- \if@mid \bigskip\box\z@\bigbreak
- \else\insert\topins{\penalty100 % floating insertion
- \splittopskip\z@skip
- \splitmaxdepth\maxdimen \floatingpenalty\z@
- \ifp@ge \dimen@\dp\z@
- \vbox to\vsize{\unvbox\z@\kern-\dimen@}% depth is zero
- \else \box\z@\nobreak\bigskip\fi}\fi\endgroup}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-%\DescribeMacro{\plainoutput}
-% Now we define the main part of the output routine. We use |\@@line|
-% instead of |\line|, since |\@@line| is guaranteed to have the
-% definition we want.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\plainoutput{\shipout\vbox{\makeheadline\pagebody\makefootline}%
- \advancepageno
- \ifnum\outputpenalty>-\@MM \else\dosupereject\fi}
-\def\pagebody{\vbox to\vsize{\boxmaxdepth\maxdepth \pagecontents}}
-\def\makeheadline{\vbox to\z@{\vskip-22.5\p@
- \@@line{\vbox to8.5\p@{}\the\headline}\vss}\nointerlineskip}
-\def\makefootline{\baselineskip24\p@\@@line{\the\footline}}
-\def\dosupereject{\ifnum\insertpenalties>\z@
- % something is being held over
- \@@line{}\kern-\topskip\nobreak\vfill\supereject\fi}
-
-\def\pagecontents{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi
- \dimen@=\dp\@cclv \unvbox\@cclv % open up \box255
- \ifvoid\footins\else % footnote info is present
- \vskip\skip\footins
- \footnoterule
- \unvbox\footins\fi
- \ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Finally, we make the \PlainTeX{} output routines active again.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \output{\plainoutput}
-%</output>
-%<*package>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Page Numbering, Running Heads and Miscellaneous}
-%
-% We can make the \PlainTeX{} head and foot commands accessible (after
-% a fashion), even if the entire output routine is not being used.
-% \LaTeXe{} provides the commands |\@oddhead| and |\@evenhead|, as
-% well as their footline equivalents. Therefore we can give the
-% following versions.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\if@plainoutput\else
-
-\def\footline{\@ifnextchar ={\@@footline}{\@@footline=}}
-\def\@@footline=#1{\gdef\@oddfoot{#1} \gdef\@evenfoot{#1}}
-
-\def\headline{\@ifnextchar ={\@@headline}{\@@headline=}}
-\def\@@headline=#1{\gdef\@oddhead{#1} \gdef\@evenhead{#1}}
-
-\def\nopagenumbers{\let\@oddfoot\relax \let\@evenfoot\relax}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Since the \PlainTeX{} |\headline| and |\footline| macros are
-% actually tokens, we have to allow that the assignments to them can
-% be made with an optional $=$. The use of |\@ifnextchar =| nicely
-% takes care of that. This will alas be a slightly inefficient use of
-% the macros, as many \PlainTeX{} heads and feet already test for odd
-% and even pages---but not all of them. So, we compromise.
-%
-% Now we can simply make |\pageno| an equivalent for the \LaTeX{}
-% counter |\c@page|.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\pageno\c@page
-% \end{macrocode}
-% This means that assignments can either be made in primitive fashion
-% directly to |\pageno| or in \LaTeX fashion to the |page| counter.
-% We would also like to have the \PlainTeX{} |\folio| macro. We are
-% going to expand upon this slightly, though. I find |\folio|
-% generally to be a useful command, so we will write it in such a way
-% as to make it useful with \LaTeX{} counters (as with, say, the
-% |\arabic| macro) as well as with counts.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\folio}[1][\pageno]{\@folio{#1}}
-\def\@folio#1{%
- \edef\@tempa{\string#1}%
- \expandafter\@ifundefined{c@\@tempa}% % Does the counter exist?
- {% % No such counter.
- \ifnum #1 <\z@ \romannumeral-#1
- \else \number #1
- \fi
- }%
- {% % It is a counter.
- \ifnum\value{#1}<\z@ \roman{#1} \else \arabic{#1} \fi}
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% This is not, unfortunately, perfect, in that it must be used with an
-% optional argument (|\folio[section]|) as opposed to the normal style
-% (|\arabic{section}|). On the other hand, I can't think of many
-% applications for |\folio| \emph{other} than page numbering. At any
-% rate, we finish page numbering with the incrementation command.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\advancepageno{\ifnum\pageno<\z@ \global\advance\pageno\m@ne
- \else\global\advance\pageno\@ne \fi}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% One more bit from the \PlainTeX{} output routine needs to be dealt
-% with. Although \LaTeX's |\raggedbottom| macro will suffice to
-% simulate \PlainTeX's command of the same name, we need to add a
-% |\let| command to enable \PlainTeX's counterpart, |\normalbottom|.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\normalbottom\flushbottom
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Insertions}
-%
-% If the \PlainTeX{} output routine is not being used, we simulate the
-% insertions using \LaTeX's |figure| environment.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\topinsert{\begin{figure}[t]}
-\def\pageinsert{\begin{figure}[p]}
-\def\midinsert{\begin{figure}[htpb]}
-\def\endinsert{\end{figure}}
-
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Footnotes: \env{srictfootnotes},
-% \env{altfootnotes}}
-%
-% We define |\@@footnote| as \PlainTeX's footnoting macro.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%\newinsert\footins
-
-\let\latex@footnote\footnote
-
-\def\@@footnote#1{\let\@sf\empty % parameter #2 (the text) is read later
- \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\/\fi
- #1\@sf\vfootnote{#1}}
-\def\vfootnote#1{\insert\footins\bgroup
- \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty
- \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes
- \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox \floatingpenalty\@MM
- \leftskip\z@skip \rightskip\z@skip \spaceskip\z@skip
- \xspaceskip\z@skip
- \textindent{#1}\footstrut\futurelet\next\fo@t}
-\def\fo@t{\ifcat\bgroup\noexpand\next \let\next\f@@t
- \else\let\next\f@t\fi \next}
-\def\f@@t{\bgroup\aftergroup\@foot\let\next}
-\def\f@t#1{#1\@foot}
-\def\@foot{\strut\egroup}
-\def\footstrut{\vbox to\splittopskip{}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \LaTeX{} leaves these initializations for the |\footins| insert.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%\skip\footins=\bigskipamount % space added when footnote is present
-%\count\footins=1000 % footnote magnification factor (1 to 1)
-%\dimen\footins=8in % maximum footnotes per page
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Now we have several options for how to really deal with footnotes.
-% The easy answer is to do them entirely according to \PlainTeX.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\if@strictfootnotes
- \let\footnote\@@footnote
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The second option is to just use the \LaTeX{} |\footnote| command.
-% This needs no rewriting, of course. The last option is to rewrite
-% \LaTeX's |\footnote| macro to use the \PlainTeX{} format instead of
-% the \LaTeX{} format, which uses an optional argument.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\if@altfootnotes
- \def\footnote#1{\latex@footnote[#1]}
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \LaTeX{} keeps \PlainTeX's |\footnoterule| as the default.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%\def\footnoterule{\kern-3\p@
-% \hrule \@width 2in \kern 2.6\p@} % the \hrule is .4pt high
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Magnification: \env{magnification}}
-%
-% The last part of \PlainTeX{} for which we need to account is
-% magnification.
-% The magnification macros are easily reinstated, either as part of
-% the overall \PlainTeX{} output routine or standalone. Since the
-% |\mag| primitive is not disabled, it \emph{could} still be used in
-% \LaTeX. However, \LaTeX{} does not itself work with |true| units
-% any usage of |\magnification| could do some strange things to your
-% page layouts.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\if@magnification
- \def\magnification{\afterassignment\m@g\count@}
- \def\m@g{\mag\count@
- \hsize6.5truein\vsize8.9truein\dimen\footins8truein}
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% This brings us to the end of the main package.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%</package>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\Finale
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/cjw/cjwplain.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/cjw/cjwplain.ins
deleted file mode 100644
index 05ea718657e..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/cjw/cjwplain.ins
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-\def\batchfile{cjwplain.ins}
-\input docstrip.tex
-
-\preamble
-
-Copyright (C) 1995 by Colin J. Wynne
-
-This file is part of cjwplain, a style providing
-Plain TeX functionality under LaTeX2e.
-
-\endpreamble
-
-% Don't display progress
-\keepsilent
-
-\generateFile{cjwplain.sty}{t}{\from{cjwplain.dtx}{package}}
-\generateFile{cjwpltab.clo}{t}{\from{cjwplain.dtx}{tabbing}}
-\generateFile{cjwplout.clo}{t}{\from{cjwplain.dtx}{output}}
-
-\endinput
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/cjw/cjw-env.cls b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/cjw/cjw-env.cls
deleted file mode 100644
index 84460a22d69..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/cjw/cjw-env.cls
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,199 +0,0 @@
-%%-*- LaTeX -*-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%
-% cjwenv.cls
-%
-%
-% Class file for typesetting envelopes.
-%
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% Title: cjwenv.cls
-% Author: Colin J. Wynne <cwynne@brutus.mts.jhu.edu>
-% Date: Tue Dec 31 13:10:56 1996
-% Last Rev.:
-%
-% Usage:
-%
-% Here is an example:
-%
-% \documentclass[business,11pt]{cjwenv}
-% \address{%
-% My Home Address \\
-% Street Name \\
-% City, ST ZIP}
-%
-% \begin{document}
-% \begin{envelope}[c]{%
-% Prof. Peter Schickele \\
-% USND Hoopole \\
-% Hoopole, ND 12345}
-% \end{envelope}
-%
-% \begin{envelope}{%
-% Dr. Seuss \\
-% Whoville, ?? 67890}
-% \address[c]{%
-% Horton \\
-% Lost \\
-% Hoboken, NJ 13579}
-% \end{envelope}
-%
-% \end{document}
-
-% Declare the file version and date.
-\def\fileversion{1.1}
-\def\filedate{1998/10/5}
-
-% Identify the class.
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesClass{cjw-env}%
- [\filedate\space v\fileversion\space Envelope Class---CJW]
-
-% My printer puts the top of the landscape page on the opposite side
-% of the printer from the envelope feed. Therefore, we offer the
-% option of putting the output at the bottom of a standard page.
-\newif \if@atbottom \@atbottomfalse
-
-% We set an envelope type with the following macro.
-\newcommand{\envtype}[1]{%
- \renewcommand{\do@envelope}{\csname env@#1\endcsname}}
-\newcommand{\do@envelope}{}
-
-% Class options:
-%
-% For business envelopes. Other types should be handled thusly.
-\DeclareOption{business}{\envtype{business}}
-% For 6.5" business envelopes.
-\DeclareOption{narrow}{\envtype{narrow}}
-% For bottom printing.
-\DeclareOption{bottom} {\@atbottomtrue}
-% Default: pass to article.
-\DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}}
-
-% Pick a default envelope type.
-\ExecuteOptions{business}
-\ProcessOptions
-
-% Load primary class.
-\LoadClass[12pt]{article}
-
-% All we care about is hieght, width, and offsets. Zero out
-% everything else.
-\newcommand{\reset@page}{%
- \setlength{\oddsidemargin} {0.0pt}
- \setlength{\topmargin} {0.0pt}
- \setlength{\headheight} {0.0pt}
- \setlength{\headsep} {0.0pt}
- \setlength{\marginparsep} {0.0pt}
- \setlength{\marginparwidth} {0.0pt}
- \setlength{\footskip} {0.0pt}
- %
- \setlength{\parskip} {0.0pt}
- \setlength{\parindent} {0.0pt}
- %
- \setlength{\textwidth} {\paperwidth}
- \addtolength{\textwidth} {-1.0in}
- \setlength{\textheight} {\paperheight}
- \addtolength{\textheight} {-1.0in}
- }
-
-% This is the business envelope code.
-\newcommand{\env@business}{%
- % Introduce a postscript special for landscape printing.
- \special{landscape}
- % Swap the height and width in TeX to match the landscape orientation.
- \setlength{\@tempdima} {\paperheight}
- \setlength{\paperheight} {\paperwidth}
- \setlength{\paperwidth} {\@tempdima}
- %
- % Our business envelope has physical height of 4.125", and we will
- % leave a half inch on either side as a margin.
- \setlength{\textheight} { 3.125in}
- \setlength{\voffset} {-0.500in}
- % For bottom printing:
- \if@atbottom
- % This calculates the \voffset necessary to put the *physical*
- % bottom off the envelope (half inch below printable area) flush
- % bottom on the physical (landscap) page.
- \setlength{\@tempdima} {\paperheight}
- \addtolength{\@tempdima}{-1.0in}
- \setlength{\@tempdimb} {\textheight}
- \addtolength{\@tempdimb}{-\voffset}
- \addtolength{\@tempdima}{-\@tempdimb}
- %
- \setlength{\voffset} {\@tempdima}
- \fi
- % We leave 0.75" horizontal margin on either side of a 9.5"
- % envelope.
- \setlength{\textwidth} { 8.000in}
- \setlength{\hoffset} {-0.250in}
- }
-
-% For a narrow (3.625" x 6.5") business envelope.
-\newcommand{\env@narrow}{%
- % Introduce a postscript special for landscape printing.
- \special{landscape}
- % Swap the height and width in TeX to match the landscape orientation.
- \setlength{\@tempdima} {\paperheight}
- \setlength{\paperheight} {\paperwidth}
- \setlength{\paperwidth} {\@tempdima}
- %
- % Our envelope has physical height of 3.625", and we will
- % leave a quarter inch on either side as a margin.
- \setlength{\textheight} { 3.125in}
- \setlength{\voffset} {-0.250in}
- % For bottom printing:
- \if@atbottom
- % This calculates the \voffset necessary to put the *physical*
- % bottom off the envelope (quarter inch below printable area)
- % flush bottom on the physical (landscap) page.
- \setlength {\@tempdima}{\paperheight}
- \addtolength{\@tempdima}{-1.000in}
- \setlength {\@tempdimb}{\textheight}
- \addtolength{\@tempdimb}{-\voffset}
- \addtolength{\@tempdima}{-\@tempdimb}
- %
- \setlength{\voffset} {\@tempdima}
- \fi
- % We leave 0.5" horizontal margin on either side of a 6.5"
- % envelope.
- \setlength{\textwidth} { 5.50in}
- \setlength{\hoffset} {-0.50in}
- }
-
-% How the sender's address is input. By default, it will be flush
-% left/ragged right. An appropriate optional argument may be given.
-\newcommand{\address}[2][l]{%
- \gdef\@address{#2}\gdef\from@align{#1}}
-\address{}
-
-% This does the actual page setup at the end of the preamble. It must
-% be done here and not after the \begin{document} in order for all the
-% page parameters to work out, it seems.
-\AtBeginDocument{%
- \reset@page\do@envelope}
-
-% The envelope environment sets the actual envelope. Mandatory
-% argument is the recipient's address. Optional argument changes the
-% alignment of that adress. There should probably be nothing in the
-% actual environemnt, though in printing numerous envelopes one could
-% put different return addresses in, or perhaps additional typesetting
-% commands.
-\newenvironment{envelope}[2][l]%
- {\gdef\@recipient{#2}\gdef\recip@align{#1}}
- {\do@envelope\clearpage
- \thispagestyle{empty}
- \vtop to \textheight{
- \hbox{%
- \begin{tabular}{\from@align}
- \@address
- \end{tabular}}
- \vfill
- \hbox to \textwidth{\hss
- \begin{tabular}{\recip@align}
- \@recipient
- \end{tabular}\hss}
- \vfill}}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\endinput
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/cjw/cjw-ltr.cls b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/cjw/cjw-ltr.cls
deleted file mode 100644
index ea89cae934e..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/cjw/cjw-ltr.cls
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,273 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `cjw-ltr.cls',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% cjw-ltr.dtx (with options: `class')
-%%
-%% Copyright (C) 1995 by Colin J. Wynne
-%%
-%% This file is part of cjw-ltr, a class for creating modified standard
-%% letters as well as German style letters under LaTeX2e.
-%%
-\def\fileversion{0.9}
-\def\filedate{1997/01/01}
-%% \CharacterTable
-%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
-%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
-%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
-%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
-%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
-%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
-%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
-%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
-%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
-%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
-%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
-%%
-
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesClass{cjw-ltr}
- [\filedate\space v\fileversion\space
- Modified Letter Class for LaTeX2e---CJW]
-
-\DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{letter}}
-\ProcessOptions
-
-\LoadClass{letter}
-\setlength\headsep {25\p@}
-\newlength{\letterskip}
- \setlength{\letterskip}{0.7em}
-\let\addresswidth\indentedwidth
-\newlength\lblwd
-{\setbox0=\hbox{Fax:\enskip}\global\setlength{\lblwd}{\wd0}}
-\newcommand*{\faxlabel}{\hbox to\lblwd{Fax:\enskip\hfil}}
-\newcommand*{\tellabel}{\hbox to\lblwd{Tel:\enskip\hfil}}
-
-\newcommand*{\fax}[1]{\def\faxnum{#1}}
- \fax{}
-\def\check@iffax{%
- \ifx\@empty\faxnum\else
- \edef\faxnum{\protect\faxlabel\faxnum}
- \ifx\@empty\telephonenum\else
- \edef\telephonenum{\protect\tellabel\telephonenum}
- \fi\fi}
-\def\opening#1{%
- \check@iffax
- \def\from@address{%
- \ifx\@empty\fromaddress%
- \@date%
- \else% home address
- \fromaddress%
- \ifx\@empty\telephonenum\else%
- \\ \telephonenum%
- \fi%
- \ifx\@empty\faxnum\else%
- \\ \faxnum%
- \fi%
- \\*[\letterskip]\@date%
- \fi}
- \setbox0=\hbox{%
- \begin{tabular}{l}\from@address\end{tabular}}
- \global\setlength{\addresswidth}{\wd0}
- \ifx\@empty\fromaddress
- \thispagestyle{firstpage}%
- \else
- \thispagestyle{empty}
- \fi
- \noindent\hfill\box0
- \par
- \vspace{2\letterskip}%
- {\raggedright\toname\\ \toaddress\par}%
- \vspace{2\letterskip}%
- \noindent#1%
- \setlength{\parindent}{20\p@}
- \setlength{\parskip}{0\p@ \@plus\@ne\p@\relax}
- \par\nobreak}
-\long\def\closing#1{\par\nobreak\vspace{2\letterskip}%
- \stopbreaks
- \noindent\hfill
- \parbox{\addresswidth}{\raggedright%
- #1\\[6\letterskip]%
- \ifx\@empty\fromsig
- \fromname
- \else
- \fromsig
- \fi\strut}
- \par}
-\let\unterschrift \signature
-\let\absender \address
-\let\ort \location
-\let\telefon \telephone
-\let\datum \date
-\newcommand{\theday}{\number\day\relax}
-\newcommand{\themonth}{%
- \ifcase\month\or January\or February\or%
- March\or April\or May\or June\or July\or August\or%
- September\or October\or November\or December\fi}
-\newcommand{\themonat}{%
- \ifcase\month\or Januar\or Februar\or%
- M\"arz\or April\or Mai\or Juni\or Juli\or August\or%
- September\or Oktober\or November\or Dezember\fi}
-\newcommand{\theyear}{\number\year\relax}
-\newcommand{\heute}{den~\theday.\ \themonat\ \theyear}
-\newcommand{\betreff}[2][Betreff]{%
- \def\betreffname{#1}\long\def\@betreff{#2}}
-\newcommand{\bezug}[2][Bezug]{%
- \def\bezugname{#1}\long\def\@bezug{#2}}
-\betreff[]{}
-\bezug[]{}
-\long\def\brief#1{%
- \newpage
- \setlength{\parindent}{0pt}
- \setlength{\parskip}{0.7em}
- \if@twoside \ifodd\c@page
- \else\thispagestyle{empty} \hbox{}\newpage\fi
- \fi
- \c@page\@ne
- \interlinepenalty=200 % Smaller than the TeXbook value
- \@prozessan{\leavevmode\ignorespaces #1}
- \date{\heute}}
-\long\def\@prozessan#1{%
- \@xproz #1!!@@@%
- \ifx\@empty\toPLZ\else\@xproz #1@@@\fi%
- \expandafter\@yproz \@tempa\\@@@%
- \ifx\@empty\@tempc
- \let\@tempd\@empty
- \else
- \expandafter\@zproz \@tempa\\@@@%
- \ifx\@empty\@tempd
- \else
- \expandafter\@zproz \@tempa{}@@@%
- \fi
- \fi
- \ifx\@empty\@tempb
- \let\totitle\@empty \let\toname\@empty \let\toaddress\@empty
- \else
- \ifx\@empty\@tempc
- \let\totitle\@empty
- \ifx\@empty\toPLZ
- \let\toname\@tempb \let\toaddress\@empty
- \else
- \let\toname\@empty \let\toaddress\@tempb
- \fi
- \else
- \ifx\@empty\@tempd
- \let\totitle\@empty \let\toname\@tempb \let\toaddress\@tempc
- \else
- \let\totitle\@tempb \let\toname\@tempc \let\toaddress\@tempd
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi}
-\long\def\@xproz #1!!#2@@@{\def\@tempa{#1}\def\toPLZ{#2}}
-\long\def\@yproz #1\\#2@@@{\def\@tempb{#1}\def\@tempc{#2}\def\@tempd{}}
-\long\def\@zproz #1\\#2\\#3@@@{\def\@tempc{#2}\def\@tempd{#3}}
-\let\endbrief\endletter
-\def\anrede#1{%
- \check@iffax
- \ifx\@empty\fromlocation
- \def\@dateline{\@date}
- \else
- \def\@dateline{\fromlocation,\space\@date}
- \fi
- \null\vspace{1.2\letterskip}
- \noindent\ignorespaces
- \ifx\@empty\fromaddress%
- \pagestyle{firstpage}%
- {\raggedleft \@dateline}%
- \else % Home address
- \pagestyle{empty}%
- {\raggedright%
- \fromname \hfill \@dateline\\
- \fromaddress}
- \ifx\@empty\telephonenum
- \else
- \\ \telephonenum
- \fi
- \ifx\@empty\faxnum
- \else
- \\ \faxnum
- \fi
- \fi
- \par
- \vspace{2.2\letterskip}
- {\raggedright
- \ifx\@empty\totitle
- \else
- \totitle \\
- \fi
- \toname
- \ifx\@empty\toaddress
- \else
- \\ \toaddress
- \fi
- \ifx\@empty\toPLZ
- \else
- \\*[0.6\letterskip]\toPLZ
- \fi
- \par}
- \@checkbetreffbezug
- \ifx\@empty\@betreff
- \else
- \vspace{\letterskip}
- \ifx\@empty\betreffname
- \else
- \betreffname:\quad
- \fi
- \@betreff\par
- \fi
- \ifx\@empty\@bezug
- \else
- \vspace{1\letterskip}
- \ifx\@empty\bezugname
- \else
- \bezugname:\quad
- \fi
- \@bezug\par
- \fi
- \vspace{1.4\letterskip}%
- #1\par\nobreak}
-\def\@checkbetreffbezug{%
- \ifx\@empty\@betreff
- \ifx\@empty\@bezug
- \else
- \ClassWarningNoLine{cjw-ltr}{%
- Die \protect\betreff und \protect\bezug Befehlen sollen nur
- \MessageBreak
- zusammen verwendet werden. Ihnen fehlt die \MessageBreak
- Betreff-Zeile.}
- \fi
- \else
- \ifx\@empty\@bezug
- \ClassWarningNoLine{cjw-ltr}{%
- Die \protect\betreff und \protect\bezug Befehlen sollen nur
- \MessageBreak
- zusammen verwendet werden. Ihnen fehlt die \MessageBreak
- Bezug-Zeile.}
- \fi
- \fi}
-\long\def\gruss#1{\par\nobreak\vspace{2\letterskip}%
- \stopbreaks
- \noindent%
- {\raggedright #1 \\[5\letterskip]
- \ifx\@empty\fromsig
- \fromname
- \else
- \fromsig
- \fi}
- \par
- \vspace{\letterskip}}
-\newcommand{\anlage}[1][Anlage]{%
- \def\@tempa{n} \def\@tempb{#1}
- \ifx\@tempa\@tempb
- \renewcommand{\enclname}{Anlagen}
- \else
- \renewcommand{\enclname}{\@tempb}
- \fi\encl}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `cjw-ltr.cls'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/cjw/cjwderiv.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/cjw/cjwderiv.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 1608ad31bc5..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/cjw/cjwderiv.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `cjwderiv.tex',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% cjw-latex.dtx (with options: `deriv')
-%%
-%% Copyright (C) 1997 by: Colin J. Wynne <cwynne@mts.jhu.edu>
-%%
-%% This file is part of cjw-latex, a collection of package files for
-%% LaTeX2e, written by Colin J. Wynne. It may be freely distributed in
-%% any form---electronic, physical, or otherwise---so long as the
-%% distributor provides this file in its entirety (including this
-%% copyright announcement) and charges no fee (except for reasonable
-%% recompense for the duplication process). Fair 'nough?
-%%
-%% I would also prefer that the entire source file `cjw-latex.dtx',
-%% together with `cjw-latex.ins', be propagated instead of any one
-%% subfile.
-%%
-%% Please feel free to improve on or alter any code herein as suits your
-%% needs, and by all means notify me of any suggestions, improvements, or
-%% requests.
-%%
-%% This file is beer-ware. If you use it and like it, then you should
-%% buy me a beer if you ever meet me. :-)
-%%
-%% RCS: $Id: cjw-latex.ins,v 1.3 1998/04/10 14:30:18 cwynne Exp $
-%%
-\def\RCSinfo{$Id: cjw-latex.dtx,v 0.13 1998/09/01 15:54:20 cwynne Exp $}
-
-\def\RCSsplit $#1: #2,v #3 #4 #5 #6 #7${
- \gdef\filename {#2}
- \gdef\fileversion{#3}
- \gdef\filedate {#4}
- \gdef\filetime {#5}
- \gdef\fileauthor {#6}
- \gdef\filelocker {#7}}
-
-\expandafter\RCSsplit\RCSinfo
-%%
-%% \CharacterTable
-%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
-%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
-%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
-%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
-%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
-%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
-%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
-%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
-%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
-%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
-%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
-%%
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesFile{cjwderiv.tex}
- [\filedate\space v\fileversion\space
- Derivative macros for cjwmath.sty---CJW]
-\newcommand{\dd} [2]{\frac{d#1}{d#2}}
-\newcommand{\ddt}[1]{\dd{#1}{t}}
-\newcommand{\ddu}[1]{\dd{#1}{u}}
-\newcommand{\ddv}[1]{\dd{#1}{v}}
-\newcommand{\ddx}[1]{\dd{#1}{x}}
-\newcommand{\ddy}[1]{\dd{#1}{y}}
-
-\newcommand{\sdd} [2]{\frac{d^2#1}{d#2^2}}
-\newcommand{\sddx}[1]{\sdd{#1}{x}}
-\newcommand{\sddy}[1]{\sdd{#1}{y}}
-\newcommand{\sddt}[1]{\sdd{#1}{t}}
-\newcommand{\sddu}[1]{\sdd{#1}{u}}
-\newcommand{\sddv}[1]{\sdd{#1}{v}}
-\newcommand{\pard} [2]{\frac{\partial#1}{\partial#2}}
-\newcommand{\pardx}[1]{\pard{#1}{x}}
-\newcommand{\pardy}[1]{\pard{#1}{y}}
-\newcommand{\pardz}[1]{\pard{#1}{z}}
-\newcommand{\pardu}[1]{\pard{#1}{u}}
-\newcommand{\pardv}[1]{\pard{#1}{v}}
-\newcommand{\pardt}[1]{\pard{#1}{t}}
-
-\newcommand{\spard} [2]{\frac{\partial^2#1}{\partial#2^2}}
-\newcommand{\spardx}[1]{\spard{#1}{x}}
-\newcommand{\spardy}[1]{\spard{#1}{y}}
-\newcommand{\spardz}[1]{\spard{#1}{z}}
-\newcommand{\spardu}[1]{\spard{#1}{u}}
-\newcommand{\spardv}[1]{\spard{#1}{v}}
-\newcommand{\spardt}[1]{\spard{#1}{t}}
-
-\newcommand{\spardxy}[1]{\frac{\partial^2#1}{\partial x\partial y}}
-\newcommand{\spardyx}[1]{\frac{\partial^2#1}{\partial y\partial x}}
-\newcommand{\spardxz}[1]{\frac{\partial^2#1}{\partial x\partial z}}
-\newcommand{\spardzx}[1]{\frac{\partial^2#1}{\partial z\partial x}}
-\newcommand{\spardyz}[1]{\frac{\partial^2#1}{\partial y\partial z}}
-\newcommand{\spardzy}[1]{\frac{\partial^2#1}{\partial z\partial y}}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `cjwderiv.tex'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/cjw/cjwinteg.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/cjw/cjwinteg.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 79dfa270315..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/cjw/cjwinteg.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `cjwinteg.tex',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% cjw-latex.dtx (with options: `integ')
-%%
-%% Copyright (C) 1997 by: Colin J. Wynne <cwynne@mts.jhu.edu>
-%%
-%% This file is part of cjw-latex, a collection of package files for
-%% LaTeX2e, written by Colin J. Wynne. It may be freely distributed in
-%% any form---electronic, physical, or otherwise---so long as the
-%% distributor provides this file in its entirety (including this
-%% copyright announcement) and charges no fee (except for reasonable
-%% recompense for the duplication process). Fair 'nough?
-%%
-%% I would also prefer that the entire source file `cjw-latex.dtx',
-%% together with `cjw-latex.ins', be propagated instead of any one
-%% subfile.
-%%
-%% Please feel free to improve on or alter any code herein as suits your
-%% needs, and by all means notify me of any suggestions, improvements, or
-%% requests.
-%%
-%% This file is beer-ware. If you use it and like it, then you should
-%% buy me a beer if you ever meet me. :-)
-%%
-%% RCS: $Id: cjw-latex.ins,v 1.3 1998/04/10 14:30:18 cwynne Exp $
-%%
-\def\RCSinfo{$Id: cjw-latex.dtx,v 0.13 1998/09/01 15:54:20 cwynne Exp $}
-
-\def\RCSsplit $#1: #2,v #3 #4 #5 #6 #7${
- \gdef\filename {#2}
- \gdef\fileversion{#3}
- \gdef\filedate {#4}
- \gdef\filetime {#5}
- \gdef\fileauthor {#6}
- \gdef\filelocker {#7}}
-
-\expandafter\RCSsplit\RCSinfo
-%%
-%% \CharacterTable
-%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
-%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
-%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
-%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
-%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
-%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
-%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
-%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
-%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
-%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
-%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
-%%
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesFile{cjwinteg.tex}
- [\filedate\space v\fileversion\space
- Integration macros for cjwmath.sty---CJW]
-\def\integ{\mathop{\int}\limits}
-\alias\latex@d\d
- \renewcommand{\d}{\,d}
-\newcommand{\dint}{\int\!\!\!\int}
-\newcommand{\dinteg}{\mathop{\int\!\!\!\int}\limits}
-\newcommand{\tint}{\int\!\!\!\int\!\!\!\int}
-\newcommand{\tinteg}{\mathop{\int\!\!\!\int\!\!\!\int}\limits}
-\newcommand{\flushintlim}[1]{{\phantom{#1} #1}}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `cjwinteg.tex'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/cjw/cjwmacro.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/cjw/cjwmacro.sty
deleted file mode 100644
index 4775697975f..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/cjw/cjwmacro.sty
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,463 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `cjwmacro.sty',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% cjw-latex.dtx (with options: `general')
-%%
-%% Copyright (C) 1997 by: Colin J. Wynne <cwynne@mts.jhu.edu>
-%%
-%% This file is part of cjw-latex, a collection of package files for
-%% LaTeX2e, written by Colin J. Wynne. It may be freely distributed in
-%% any form---electronic, physical, or otherwise---so long as the
-%% distributor provides this file in its entirety (including this
-%% copyright announcement) and charges no fee (except for reasonable
-%% recompense for the duplication process). Fair 'nough?
-%%
-%% I would also prefer that the entire source file `cjw-latex.dtx',
-%% together with `cjw-latex.ins', be propagated instead of any one
-%% subfile.
-%%
-%% Please feel free to improve on or alter any code herein as suits your
-%% needs, and by all means notify me of any suggestions, improvements, or
-%% requests.
-%%
-%% This file is beer-ware. If you use it and like it, then you should
-%% buy me a beer if you ever meet me. :-)
-%%
-%% RCS: $Id: cjw-latex.ins,v 1.3 1998/04/10 14:30:18 cwynne Exp $
-%%
-\def\RCSinfo{$Id: cjw-latex.dtx,v 0.13 1998/09/01 15:54:20 cwynne Exp $}
-
-\def\RCSsplit $#1: #2,v #3 #4 #5 #6 #7${
- \gdef\filename {#2}
- \gdef\fileversion{#3}
- \gdef\filedate {#4}
- \gdef\filetime {#5}
- \gdef\fileauthor {#6}
- \gdef\filelocker {#7}}
-
-\expandafter\RCSsplit\RCSinfo
-%%
-%% \CharacterTable
-%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
-%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
-%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
-%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
-%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
-%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
-%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
-%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
-%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
-%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
-%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
-%%
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesPackage{cjwmacro}
- [\filedate\space v\fileversion\space
- Personal macros for LaTeX2e---CJW]
-\newif\if@verbext \@verbextfalse
-\DeclareOption{verbext}{\@verbexttrue}
-\DeclareOption{psfig}{%
- \PackageWarning{cjwmacro}%
- {Obsolete option \CurrentOption. Use package `epsfig' instead.}}
-\DeclareOption{pstricks}{%
- \InputIfFileExists{pstricks.sty}{%
- \InputIfFileExists{pst-node.tex}{}{%
- \PackageError{cjwmacro}{File `pst-node.sty' not found.}{}}}%
- {\PackageError{cjwmacro}{File `pstricks.sty' not found.}{}}}
-
-\DeclareOption{psplot}{\InputIfFileExists{pst-plot.tex}{}{%
- \PackageError{cjwmacro}{File `pst-plot.tex' not found.}{}}}
-\DeclareOption{draft}{%
- \def\ssbreakbar{\hbox to 2in{\hrulefill}}}
-\DeclareOption{final}{%
- \ExecuteOptions{pstricks}
- \def\ssbreakbar{%
- \psset{linewidth=0.4pt,unit=1in}%
- \pspicture(-2.5,-0.15)(2.5,0.15)%
- \qdisk(0,0){0.04}%
- \qdisk(0.33,0){0.02}%
- \qdisk(-0.33,0){0.02}%
- \pspolygon*(0.33,-0.02)(0.33,0.02)(1.75,0)%
- \pspolygon*(-0.33,-0.02)(-0.33,0.02)(-1.75,0)%
- \endpspicture}}
-\DeclareOption*{%
- \PackageWarning{cjwmacro}{Unknown option `\CurrentOption'}}
-\ExecuteOptions{draft}
-\ProcessOptions
-\newcommand{\alias} [2]{\@ifdefinable #1{\let #1 #2}}
-\alias\realias\let
-\newcommand{\providealias}[2]{\@ifundefined #1{\let #1 #2}}
-\RequirePackage{amstext}
-\RequirePackage{xspace}
-\providecommand{\intertext}[1]{\noalign{%
- \penalty\postdisplaypenalty\addvspace{ 0.5\belowdisplayskip}
- \vbox{\normalbaselines\noindent#1}%
- \penalty\predisplaypenalty\addvspace{0.5\abovedisplayskip}}}
-\alias\rem\intertext
-\providecommand{\pagenofont} {\normalfont}
-\providecommand{\declarefont} {\normalfont\bfseries\mathversion{bold}}
-\providecommand{\altdeclarefont}{\normalfont\itshape}
-\providecommand{\captionfont} {\normalfont\itshape}
-\providecommand{\examplefont} {\normalfont}
-\providecommand{\altexamplefont}{\normalfont\itshape}
-\providecommand{\labelfont} {\normalfont\bfseries\mathversion{bold}}
-\providecommand{\timelinefont} {\normalfont}
-\providecommand{\titlefont} {\normalfont\bfseries\Large\mathversion{bold}}
-\providecommand{\verbatimfont} {\normalfont\ttfamily}
-\newcommand{\swapdef}[2]{{%
- \let \@tempa #1\relax
- \global\let #1 #2\relax
- \global\let #2 \@tempa}}
-\newcommand{\swapdim}[2]{{%
- \@tempdima #1\relax
- \global #1 #2\relax
- \global #2 \@tempdima}}
-\newcommand{\expandthree}[2]{%
- \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter #1\expandafter #2}
-\newcommand{\nth}[1]{{%
- \@tempcnta = #1\relax
- \ifnum \@tempcnta < 0\relax % Make sure our number is
- \@tempcnta = -\@tempcnta % non-negative.
- \fi
- \ifnum \@tempcnta < 14\relax % Deal first with the
- \ifnum \@tempcnta > 10\relax % exceptions for
- \def\@tempa{th} % 11, 12, and 13.
- \fi
- \else
- \loop \ifnum\@tempcnta > 9\relax % Loop until the recursive
- \@tempcntb = \@tempcnta % remainder (mod 10) is
- \divide \@tempcntb by 10\relax % a single digit in order
- \multiply\@tempcntb by 10\relax % to successfully satisfy
- \advance \@tempcnta by -\@tempcntb% the ordinality test.
- \repeat
- \def\@tempa{\ifcase\@tempcnta % Figure the proper label:
- th% % 0th
- \or st% % 1st
- \or nd% % 2nd
- \or rd% % 3rd
- \else th% % nth
- \fi}
- \fi
- #1\ensuremath{^{\text{\@tempa}}}}} % Superscript the label in
- % math mode.
-\alias\sst\scriptscriptstyle
-\newcommand{\ssp}[1]{^{\sst#1}}
-\newcommand{\ssb}[1]{_{\sst#1}}
-\newcommand{\smiley}[1][\@smiley]{%
- \edef\@sf{\spacefactor=\the\spacefactor}%
- \unskip\spacefactor=1000\relax\space #1\@sf\xspace}
-\newcommand{\@smiley}{%
- {\ttfamily\raise 0.078em\hbox{:}\kern-0.1em{-}\kern-0.1em{)}}}
-\newcommand{\emote}[1]{%
- \smiley[\ensuremath{\langle}\emph{#1}\ensuremath{\rangle}]}
-\newenvironment{pledge}%
- {\ifx\@empty\@date
- \PackageWarning{cjwmacro}{Date is not set.}
- \fi
- \parskip=2pt \parindent=0pt\relax
- \null\vfill\begin{flushright}
- \itshape\small}
- {\\[5ex]\normalfont\footnotesize
- \makebox[2in]{\hrulefill}\quad\@date\\
- \makebox[2in]{Colin J.~Wynne}\quad{\hphantom{\@date}}\\
- \end{flushright}}
-\newcommand{\wnlpledge}[1][paper]{%
- \ifx\@empty\@date
- \PackageWarning{cjwmacro}{Date is not set.}
- \fi
- \parskip=2pt \parindent=0pt\relax
- \null\vfill\begin{flushright}
- \itshape\small
- On my honour, I have neither given nor received\\
- any unacknowledged aid on this #1.\\[5ex]
- \normalfont\footnotesize
- \makebox[2in]{\hrulefill}\quad\@date\\
- \makebox[2in]{Colin J.~Wynne,~'94}\quad{\hphantom{\@date}}\\
- \end{flushright}}
-\newcommand{\ssbreak}{\bigskip
- \centerline{\ssbreakbar}\bigbreak}
-\providecommand{\ssbreakbar}{}
-\def\mathbox #1{\hbox{$\mathpalette\@mathbox{#1}$}}
-\def\Mathbox #1#2{\hbox{#1$\mathpalette\@mathbox{#2}$}}
-\def\@mathbox#1#2{#1#2}
-\newcommand{\smush}{\relax
- \ifmmode
- \def\next{\mathpalette\math@smush}
- \else
- \let\next\make@smush
- \fi \next}
-\newcommand{\make@smush}[1]{\setbox0=\hbox{#1}\fin@smush}
-\newcommand{\math@smush}[2]{\setbox0=\hbox{$\m@th#1{#2}$}\fin@smush}
-\newcommand{\fin@smush}{\wd0=0pt \box0 }
-\newcommand{\bigmathstrut} {\vphantom{\big()}}
-\newcommand{\biggmathstrut}{\vphantom{\bigg()}}
-\newcommand{\Bigmathstrut} {\vphantom{\Big()}}
-\newcommand{\Biggmathstrut}{\vphantom{\Bigg()}}
-\newcommand{\ie} {\emph{i.e.}\xspace}
-\newcommand{\eg} {\emph{e.g.}\xspace}
-\newcommand{\heisst}{d.h\null.\xspace} % \dh is taken.
-\newcommand{\initials}[2]{%
- \break@init #2
- \@ifdefinable #1{%
- \global\edef#1{%
- \noexpand\hbox{\@tempa.\noexpand\,\@tempb}%
- \noexpand\@ifnextchar.{\noexpand\@}{.\noexpand\xspace}}}}
-\def\break@init #1.#2.{%
- \def\@tempa{#1}\def\@tempb{#2}}
-\initials{\UN}{U.N.}
-\initials{\US}{U.S.}
-\initials{\AI}{A.I.}
-\providecommand{\theday}{\number\day\relax}
-\providecommand{\themonth}{%
- \ifcase\month\or January\or February\or%
- March\or April\or May\or June\or July\or August\or%
- September\or October\or November\or December\fi}
-\providecommand{\themonat}{%
- \ifcase\month\or Januar\or Februar\or%
- M\"arz\or April\or Mai\or Juni\or Juli\or August\or%
- September\or Oktober\or November\or Dezember\fi}
-\providecommand{\theyear}{\number\year\relax}
-\providecommand{\today}{}
-\renewcommand{\today}{\theday~\themonth, \theyear\xspace}
-\providecommand{\heute}{}
-\renewcommand{\heute}{den~\theday.\ \themonat\ \theyear\xspace}
- \alias\gdate\heute
-\renewcommand{\ps@plain}{%
- \let\@mkboth \@gobbletwo
- \let\@oddhead \@empty
- \let\@evenhead\@empty
- \def\@oddfoot{\pagenofont\hfil\thepage\hfil}
- \let\@evenfoot\@oddfoot}
-\newcommand{\ps@topright}{%
- \let\@mkboth \@gobbletwo
- \def\@oddhead{\pagenofont\hfil\thepage}
- \let\@evenhead\@oddhead
- \let\@oddfoot \@empty
- \let\@evenfoot\@empty}
-\newlength{\timelineskip}
-\setlength{\timelineskip}{1.75in}
-\newcommand{\timeline}[2][l]{%
- \noindent\hangindent=\timelineskip
- \makebox[\timelineskip][#1]{\timelinefont{#2}}\ignorespaces}
-\let\endtimeline\relax
-\@ifundefined{c@section}
- {\newcounter{declare}}
- {\newcounter{declare}[section]
- \renewcommand{\thedeclare}{\thesection.\arabic{declare}}}
-\newlength{\declareindent}
- \setlength{\declareindent}{0pt}
-\newcommand{\@declare} [1]{{\declarefont#1:}\quad}
-\newcommand{\@altdeclare}[1]{{\altdeclarefont#1:}\quad}
-\newenvironment{declaration*}[1]%
- {\medbreak\noindent\ignorespaces
- \@declare{#1}\ignorespaces}%
- {\kern0pt\nobreak\smallskip}
-\newenvironment{altdeclaration*}[1]%
- {\medbreak\noindent\ignorespaces
- \@altdeclare{#1}\ignorespaces}%
- {\kern0pt\nobreak\smallskip}
-\newenvironment{declaration}[1]%
- {\medbreak\refstepcounter{declare}
- \noindent\ignorespaces
- \ifnum\declareindent = 0\relax%
- \@declare{\thedeclare\quad #1}
- \else
- \makebox[\declareindent]{\@declare{\thedeclare\hss #1}}
- \fi\ignorespaces}
- {\kern0pt\nobreak\smallskip}
-\newenvironment{altdeclaration}[1]%
- {\medbreak\noindent\ignorespaces
- \refstepcounter{declare}
- \ifnum\declareindent = 0\relax
- \@altdeclare{\thedeclare\quad #1}
- \else
- \makebox[\declareindent]{\@altdeclare{\thedeclare\hss #1}}
- \fi\ignorespaces}
- {\kern0pt\nobreak\smallskip}
-\def\declare #1#2\par{%
- \begin{declaration*}{#1}#2\end{declaration*}\par}
-\def\altdeclare #1#2\par{%
- \begin{altdeclaration*}{#1}#2\end{altdeclaration*}\par}
-\def\ndeclare #1#2\par{%
- \begin{declaration}{#1}#2\end{declaration}\par}
-\def\altndeclare#1#2\par{%
- \begin{altdeclaration}{#1}#2\end{altdeclaration}\par}
-\providecommand{\corollary} {\declare{Corollary}}
-\providecommand{\definition} {\declare{Definition}}
-\providecommand{\lemma} {\declare{Lemma}}
-\providecommand{\proposition} {\declare{Proposition}}
-\providecommand{\theorem} {\declare{Theorem}}
-\providecommand{\note} {\altdeclare{Note}}
-
-\providecommand{\ncorollary} {\ndeclare{Corollary}}
-\providecommand{\ndefinition} {\ndeclare{Definition}}
-\providecommand{\nlemma} {\ndeclare{Lemma}}
-\providecommand{\nproposition}{\ndeclare{Proposition}}
-\providecommand{\ntheorem} {\ndeclare{Theorem}}
-\providecommand{\nnote} {\altndeclare{Note}}
-\providecommand{\behaupt} {\declare{Behauptung}}
-\providecommand{\nbehaupt} {\ndeclare{Behauptung}}
-\newcommand{\allndeclares}{%
- \let\declare \ndeclare
- \let\altdeclare \altndeclare}
-\newenvironment{proof}[1][Proof]%
- {\smallbreak\noindent{\altdeclarefont#1:}%
- \quad\ignorespaces}%
- {\qed}
-\newenvironment{beweis}[1][Beweis]%
- {\smallbreak\noindent{\altdeclarefont#1:}%
- \quad\ignorespaces}%
- {\qed}
-\providecommand{\qed}{}
- \renewcommand{\qed}{%
- {\unskip\nobreak\hfil\penalty 50%
- \hskip 2em\hbox{}\nobreak\hfil\qedsymbol%
- \parfillskip=0pt \finalhyphendemerits=0 \par}}
-\providecommand{\qedsymbol}{}
- \renewcommand{\qedsymbol}{\lower 0.35ex\hbox{$\diamondsuit$}}
- \newcommand{\qedbox}{\vrule height4pt width3pt depth2pt}
-\newcommand{\Case}{\@ifstar{\@starCase}{\@Case}}
-\newcommand{\@starCase}[1]{\@@Case{#1}}
-\newcommand{\@Case}[1]{\@@Case{(#1)}}
-\newcommand{\@@Case}[1]{%
- \noindent{\declarefont#1}\quad\ignorespaces}
-\alias\Fall\Case
-\newcommand{\contra}{\ensuremath{\Rightarrow\Leftarrow}}
-\newenvironment{example*}%
- {\@nameuse{declaration*}{Example}\examplefont}
- {\medbreak}
-\newenvironment{altexample*}%
- {\@nameuse{declaration*}{Example}\examplefont}
- {\medbreak}
-\newenvironment{example}%
- {\declaration{Example}\examplefont}
- {\medbreak}
-\newenvironment{altexample}%
- {\declaration{Example}\examplefont}
- {\medbreak}
-\newcounter{problem}
- \setcounter{problem}{0}
-\renewcommand{\theproblem}{\arabic{problem}}
-\renewcommand{\p@problem}{}
-\DeclareRobustCommand{\Page}{%
- \@ifstar{\@Page{}}{\@Page{\#}}}
-\def\@Page#1{%
- \@ifnextchar [{\@@Page{#1}}{\@@Page{#1}[]}}
-\def\@@Page#1[#2]#3#4{%
- \def\@tempa{#2}%
- \ifx\@empty\@tempa%
- \let\@tempb\@tempa%
- \else%
- \edef\@tempb{\@tempa,~}%
- \fi%
- (\@tempb p.\,#3, #1{#4})}
-\newenvironment{statement}[1][\null]%
- {\def\@tempa{#1}\def\@tempb{\null}%
- \ifx\@tempa\@tempb%
- \def\@tempc{\null}%
- \else%
- \def\@tempc{\altdeclarefont\@tempa\quad}%
- \fi%
- \declarefont{\@tempc}\ignorespaces}
- {\removelastskip\nopagebreak\smallskip}
-\newenvironment{problem}%
- {\setcounter{equation}{0}%
- \gdef\theequation{\theproblem.\arabic{equation}}%
- \removelastskip\medbreak%
- \refstepcounter{problem}%
- \noindent\theoutlabel{\theproblem.}%
- \statement}
- {\endstatement}
-\newenvironment{problem*}%
- {\removelastskip\medbreak%
- \noindent\statement}
- {\endstatement}
-\alias \aufgabe \problem
-\realias\endaufgabe\endproblem
-\newcounter{teil} [problem]
-\newcounter{steil}[teil]
-\renewcommand{\theteil} {(\alph{teil})}
- \renewcommand{\p@teil} {\theproblem}
-\renewcommand{\thesteil} {(\roman{steil})}
- \renewcommand{\p@steil}{\p@teil\theteil}
-\newenvironment{teil}[1][2]%
- {\@tempcnta=#1\advance\@tempcnta by -1\relax
- \ifnum\@tempcnta < 1\relax
- \leftskip=0pt\relax
- \else
- \leftskip=\@tempcnta\outlindent
- \fi
- \refstepcounter{teil}
- \addvspace{\medskipamount}%
- \noindent\theoutlabel{\theteil}%
- \ignorespaces}
- {\par\smallbreak}
-\newenvironment{steil}[1][3]%
- {\@tempcnta=#1\advance\@tempcnta by -1\relax
- \ifnum\@tempcnta < 1\relax
- \leftskip=0pt\relax
- \else
- \leftskip=\@tempcnta\outlindent
- \fi
- \refstepcounter{steil}
- \addvspace{\medskipamount}%
- \noindent\theoutlabel{\thesteil}%
- \ignorespaces}
- {\par\smallbreak}
-\realias\part \teil
-\realias\endpart \endteil
-\alias \ppart \steil
-\realias\endppart\endsteil
-\long\def\@makefntext#1{%
- \parindent 1em\noindent\hangindent=\parindent%
- \hb@xt@ 1em{\hss \llap{\@makefnmark} }#1}
-\newlength{\textdisplayindent}
-\newenvironment{display}[2][]
- {\vadjust{\penalty\predisplaypenalty}
- \@newline[\abovedisplayskip]%
- \begingroup%
- #1%
- \begin{tabular}{@{\null\hspace{\textdisplayindent}\null}#2}}
- {\end{tabular}\endgroup
- \vadjust{\penalty\postdisplaypenalty}
- \@newline[\belowdisplayskip]\ignorespaces}
-\if@verbext
-\newcounter{vfline}
-\renewcommand{\thevfline}{\arabic{vfline}}
-\providecommand{\uncatcodespecials}{%
- \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=12 }\dospecials}
-\providecommand{\verbfile}[2][1]{%
- \par\begingroup\@vf@lines{#1}\input{#2}\relax\endgroup}
-\providecommand{\verbfilenolines}[1]{%
- \par\begingroup\@vf@nolines\input{#1}\relax\endgroup}
-\newcommand{\@vf@lines}[1]{%
- \verbatimfont
- \setcounter{vfline}{#1}
- \addtocounter{vfline}{-1}
- \setlength{\parindent}{0pt}
- \setlength{\parskip}{0pt}
- \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}
- \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \obeyspaces
- \everypar{\null\stepcounter{vfline}%
- \llap{\scriptsize\thevfline\quad}\null}}
-\newcommand{\@vf@nolines}{%
- \verbatimfont
- \setlength{\parindent}{0pt}
- \setlength{\parskip}{0pt}
- \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}
- \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \obeyspaces
- \everypar{\null}}
-\fi
-\AtBeginDocument{%
- \setlength{\parindent} {20pt}
- \setlength{\parskip} { 2pt plus 1pt}
- \setlength{\textdisplayindent}{\parindent}}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `cjwmacro.sty'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/cjw/cjwmath.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/cjw/cjwmath.sty
deleted file mode 100644
index e13b9601efd..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/cjw/cjwmath.sty
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,441 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `cjwmath.sty',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% cjw-latex.dtx (with options: `math')
-%%
-%% Copyright (C) 1997 by: Colin J. Wynne <cwynne@mts.jhu.edu>
-%%
-%% This file is part of cjw-latex, a collection of package files for
-%% LaTeX2e, written by Colin J. Wynne. It may be freely distributed in
-%% any form---electronic, physical, or otherwise---so long as the
-%% distributor provides this file in its entirety (including this
-%% copyright announcement) and charges no fee (except for reasonable
-%% recompense for the duplication process). Fair 'nough?
-%%
-%% I would also prefer that the entire source file `cjw-latex.dtx',
-%% together with `cjw-latex.ins', be propagated instead of any one
-%% subfile.
-%%
-%% Please feel free to improve on or alter any code herein as suits your
-%% needs, and by all means notify me of any suggestions, improvements, or
-%% requests.
-%%
-%% This file is beer-ware. If you use it and like it, then you should
-%% buy me a beer if you ever meet me. :-)
-%%
-%% RCS: $Id: cjw-latex.ins,v 1.3 1998/04/10 14:30:18 cwynne Exp $
-%%
-\def\RCSinfo{$Id: cjw-latex.dtx,v 0.13 1998/09/01 15:54:20 cwynne Exp $}
-
-\def\RCSsplit $#1: #2,v #3 #4 #5 #6 #7${
- \gdef\filename {#2}
- \gdef\fileversion{#3}
- \gdef\filedate {#4}
- \gdef\filetime {#5}
- \gdef\fileauthor {#6}
- \gdef\filelocker {#7}}
-
-\expandafter\RCSsplit\RCSinfo
-%%
-%% \CharacterTable
-%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
-%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
-%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
-%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
-%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
-%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
-%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
-%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
-%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
-%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
-%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
-%%
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesPackage{cjwmath}
- [\filedate\space v\fileversion\space
- Math macros for LaTeX2e---CJW]
-\newif \if@amsmath
-\newif \if@derivatives
-\newif \if@integrals
-\newif \if@physics
-\DeclareOption{amsmath} {\@amsmathtrue}
-\DeclareOption{derivs} {\@derivativestrue}
-\DeclareOption{integrals}{\@integralstrue}
-\DeclareOption{physics} {\@physicstrue}
-\DeclareOption{units}{%
- \PackageWarning{cjwmath}%
- {Obsolete option \CurrentOption. Use package `cjwunits' instead.}}
-\DeclareOption*{%
- \PackageWarning{cjwmath}{Unknown option `\CurrentOption'}}
-\ProcessOptions
-\RequirePackage{cjwmacro}
-\RequirePackage{amssymb}
-\RequirePackage{amstext}
-\RequirePackage{bbm}
-\if@amsmath
- \RequirePackage{amsmath}
-\fi
-\DeclareRobustCommand{\NewMathOp}{%
- \@ifstar{\@makenewop{\displaylimits}}
- {\@makenewop{\nolimits}}}
-\def\@makenewop#1{%
- \@ifnextchar [{\@@makenewop{#1}}
- {\@@makenewop{#1}[\operator@font]}}
-\def\@@makenewop#1[#2]#3#4{%
- \DeclareRobustCommand{#3}{%
- \mathop{\kern\z@{#2{#4}}}#1}}
-\swapdef{\epsilon}{\varepsilon}
-\swapdef{\rho}{\varrho}
-\swapdef{\nothing}{\varnothing}
-\alias\leer\nothing
-\alias\@@exists\exists
- \renewcommand{\exists}{\mathrel{\@@exists}}
-\alias\@@forall\forall
- \renewcommand{\forall}{\mathrel{\@@forall}}
-\newcommand{\st}{\mathrel{\ni}}
-\newcommand{\WLOG}{Without loss of generality\xspace}
-\newcommand{\Wlog}{without loss of generality\xspace}
-\newcommand{\obda}{o.B.d.A.\xspace}
-\newcommand{\fp}{floating-point\xspace}
-\newcommand{\pneg}{\phantom{-}}
-\newcommand{\peq}{\phantom{=}}
-\newcommand{\anglebrackets}[1]{%
- \left\langle #1 \right\rangle}
-\newcommand{\curlybrackets}[1]{%
- \left\{ #1 \right\}}
-\newcommand{\squarebrackets}[1]{%
- \left[ #1 \right]}
-\newcommand{\vertbrackets}[1]{%
- \left| #1 \right|}
-\newcommand{\Vertbrackets}[1]{%
- \left\| #1 \right\|}
-\newcommand{\noarg}{\,\cdot\,}
-\newcommand{\ee}[1]{\times10^{#1}}
-\newcommand{\half}{\sfrac12}
-\newcommand{\ninfty}{-\infty}
-\newcommand{\fcn}[2]{\colon{#1}\rightarrow{#2}}
- \newcommand{\mapping}[3]{{#1}\fkt{#2}{#3}}
-\alias\fkt\fcn
-\newcommand{\restr}[2][\big]{\kern -.1em #1|_{#2}}
-\if@amsmath
- \realias\choose\binom
-\else
- \renewcommand{\choose}[2]{{{#1}\atopwithdelims(){#2}}}
-\fi
-\newcommand{\mchoose}[2]{%
- \mathchoice%
- {\left(\kern-0.48em\choose{#1}{#2}\kern-0.48em\right)}
- {\left(\kern-0.30em
- \choose{\smash{#1}}{\smash{#2}}\kern-0.30em\right)}
- {\left(\kern-0.30em
- \choose{\smash{#1}}{\smash{#2}}\kern-0.30em\right)}
- {\left(\kern-0.30em
- \choose{\smash{#1}}{\smash{#2}}\kern-0.30em\right)}
- }
-\newcommand{\Comb}[2]{% % C
- {}_{#1}{\operator@font C}_{#2}} % #1 #2
-\newcommand{\Komb}[2]{% % #2
- {\operator@font Ko}_{#1}^{#2}} % Ko
-\newcommand{\Kombun}[2]{\Komb{#1,\neq}{#2}} % #1
-\newcommand{\Perm}[2]{% % #2
- {\operator@font Pe}_{#1}^{#2}} % Pe
-\newcommand{\Permun}[2]{\Perm{#1,\neq}{#2}} % #1
-\newcommand{\set}[3][|]{{%
- \newdimen\@tempdimd%
- \setbox0=\mathbox{#2}\@tempdima=\ht0 \@tempdimb=\dp0%
- \setbox0=\mathbox{#3}\@tempdimc=\ht0 \@tempdimd=\dp0%
- \ifdim\@tempdimc > \@tempdima
- \@tempdima=\@tempdimc
- \fi
- \ifdim\@tempdimd > \@tempdimb
- \@tempdimb=\@tempdimb
- \fi
- \def\@tempa{\vrule width0pt height\@tempdima depth\@tempdimb}
- \def\@tempb{#1}
- \ifx\@empty\@tempb
- \def\@tempb{.}
- \fi
- \left.\left\{ \@tempa{#2} \,\expandafter\right\@tempb\,{#3} \right\} }}
-\alias\setl\set
-\alias\setr\set
-\newcommand{\lvl}[2][\alpha]{\Gamma\ssb{#2}\ssp{(#1)}}
-\if@amsmath
- \newcommand{\fset}[1]{\Tilde{#1}}
-\else
- \newcommand{\fset}[1]{\tilde{#1}}
-\fi
-\newcommand{\flvl}[2][\alpha]{\lvl[#1]{\fset{#2}}}
-\alias\coll\mathcal
-\alias\scomp\setminus
-\alias\coset\backslash
-\newcommand{\symmdiff}{%
- \mathbin{\text{\footnotesize$\bigtriangleup$}}}
-\newcommand{\seq} [1] {\curlybrackets{#1}}
-\newcommand{\inset} [2][1]{\in\{ #1,\ldots,#2 \}}
-\newcommand{\inrange}[2][1]{ = #1,\ldots,#2}
-\if@derivatives
- \InputIfFileExists{cjwderiv.tex}{}{%
- \PackageWarning{cjwmath}{Option `cjwderiv.tex' not found.}
- \@@derivativesfalse}
-\fi
-\if@integrals
- \InputIfFileExists{cjwinteg.tex}{}{%
- \PackageWarning{cjwmath}{Option `cjwinteg.tex' not found.}
- \@@integralsfalse}
-\fi
-\alias\alg\mathbbm
-\alias\field\mathbbm
-\newcommand{\C}{\field{C}} % Complex
-\newcommand{\E}{\field{E}} % Euclidean (also Evens)
-\alias\latex@H\H % Quaternions
- \renewcommand{\H}{\field{H}} % (Hamiltonian field)
-\newcommand{\N}{\field{N}} % Natural numbers
-\newcommand{\Q}{\field{Q}} % Rationals
-\newcommand{\R}{\field{R}} % Reals
-\newcommand{\Z}{\field{Z}} % Integers
-\newcommand{\pr}{\field{P}} % Primes
-\NewMathOp {\Aut}{Aut} % Automorphisms
-\NewMathOp {\End}{End} % Endomorphisms
-\NewMathOp {\GL}{GL} % General Linear
-\NewMathOp {\Inn}{Inn} % Inner products
-\NewMathOp {\Pin}{Pin} % Pin
-\NewMathOp {\SL}{SL} % Special Linear
-\NewMathOp {\SO}{SO} % Special Orthogonal
-\NewMathOp {\SU}{SU} % Special Unitary
-\NewMathOp[\mathfrak]{\Sn}{S} % Symmetric
-\NewMathOp {\Spin}{Spin} % Spin
-\NewMathOp {\Sp}{Sp} % Symplectic
-\NewMathOp {\Unit}{U\kern 0pt}% Unitary
-\NewMathOp {\Orth}{O\kern 0pt}% Orthogonal
-\NewMathOp[\mathfrak]{\slin}{sl} % Tangent group to SL
-\NewMathOp[\mathfrak]{\so}{o\kern 0pt} % skew orthogonal
-\NewMathOp[\mathfrak]{\sp}{sp} % skew symplectic
-\NewMathOp[\mathfrak]{\su}{u\kern 0pt} % skew hermitian
-\alias\mtx\mathcal
-\newcommand{\nullmtx}{\mtx\Theta}
-\newcommand{\mnorm}[1]{%
- \left\vert\kern-0.9pt\left\vert\kern-0.9pt\left\vert #1
- \right\vert\kern-0.9pt\right\vert\kern-0.9pt\right\vert}
-\newcommand{\lie}[1]{\squarebrackets{#1}}
-\NewMathOp{\Spur}{Spur}
-\NewMathOp{\Tr}{Tr}
-\NewMathOp{\Diag}{Diag}
-\if@amsmath
- \newenvironment{arbmatrix}[2]%
- {\def\@tempa{#2}\left#1 \matrix}{\endmatrix \right\@tempa}
-\else
- \newcommand{\arbmatrix}[3]{\left#1 \matrix{#2} \right#3}
- \providecommand{\bmatrix}[1]{\arbmatrix[{#1}]}
- \providecommand{\vmatrix}[1]{\arbmatrix|{#1}|}
-\fi
-\newlength{\numoffset}
-{\setbox0=\hbox{$\Bigmathstrut$}
- \@tempdima=0.8\ht0\relax
- \global\numoffset\@tempdima}
-\newcommand{\Number}[2][-\numoffset]{%
- \@tempdima=#1\relax
- \smash{\hbox{\raise\@tempdima\@bignumber{#2}}}}
-\newcommand{\@bignumber}[1]{\hbox{\LARGE$#1$}}
-\def\bignumber #1{\multicolumn{2}{c}{\Number{#1}}}
-\def\Bignumber[#1]#2{\multicolumn{2}{c}{\Number[#1]{#2}}}
-\newcommand{\Zero}[1][-\numoffset]{\Number[#1]{0}}
-\def\bigzero {\bignumber{0}}
-\def\Bigzero[#1]{\Bignumber[#1]{0}}
-\if@amsmath
- \newcommand{\iidiagi}[4][-\numoffset]{% % 2 0
- \begin{bmatrix} % 3
- #2 & & \Bigzero[#1] \\ % .
- & #3 & & \\ % .
- \Bigzero[#1] & \ddots & \\ % 0 4
- & & & #4
- \end{bmatrix}}
- \newcommand{\idiagii}[4][-\numoffset]{% % 2 0
- \begin{bmatrix} % .
- #2 & & \Bigzero[#1] \\ % .
- & \ddots & & \\ % 3
- \Bigzero[#1] & #3 & \\ % 0 4
- & & & #4
- \end{bmatrix}}
- \newcommand{\idiagi}[3][-1.2pt]{% % 2 0
- \begin{bmatrix} % .
- #2 & \Bigzero[#1] \\ % .
- & \ddots & \\ % .
- \Bigzero[#1] & #3 % 0 3
- \end{bmatrix}}
-\else
- \newcommand{\iidiagi}[4][-\numoffset]{% % 2 0
- \matrix{% % 3
- #2 & & \Bigzero[#1] \\ % .
- & #3 & & \\ % .
- \Bigzero[#1] & \ddots & \\ % 0 4
- & & & #4}}
- \newcommand{\idiagii}[4][-\numoffset]{%
- \pmatrix{% % 2 0
- #2 & & \Bigzero[#1] \\ % .
- & \ddots & & \\ % .
- \Bigzero[#1] & #3 & \\ % 3
- & & & #4}} % 0 4
- %
- \newcommand{\idiagi}[3][-1.2pt]{% % 2 0
- \pmatrix{% % .
- #2 & \Bigzero[#1] \\ % .
- & \ddots & \\ % .
- \Bigzero[#1] & #3}} % 0 3
-\fi
-\newcommand{\@trans}[2][]{^{#1\text{\normalfont\textsf{t}}#2}}
-\newcommand{\trans} [1][]{\@trans[]{#1}}
-\newcommand{\trinv} {\@trans[-]{}}
-\newcommand{\ct}[1]{\conj{#1}\trans}
-\alias\sarvec\vec
-\alias\arvec \overrightarrow
-\renewcommand{\vec}[1]{\Mathbox{\boldmath}{#1}}
-\if@amsmath
- \newcommand{\bvec}[1]{%
- \begin{bmatrix}#1\end{bmatrix}}
- \newcommand{\pvec}[1]{%
- \begin{pmatrix}#1\end{pmatrix}}
- \alias\brvec\bvec
- \alias\prvec\pvec
-\else
- \newcommand{\bvec}[1]{\bmatrix{#1}}
- \newcommand{\pvec}[1]{\pmatrix{#1}}
-\fi
-\newcommand{\nullvec}{\vec{0}}
-\newcommand{\dotp}[1]{\anglebrackets{#1}}
-\newcommand{\vdotp}[1]{\@vdotp#1@@@}
-\def\@vdotp #1,#2@@@{\dotp{\vec #1,\vec #2}}
-\newcommand{\del} {\vec\nabla}
-\alias\@@div\div
-\renewcommand{\div}{\del\dot}
-\newcommand{\curl} {\del\cross}
-\newcommand{\lapl} {\del^2}
-\alias\huelle\squarebrackets
-\newcommand{\by}{\mathord{\times}}
-\alias\mal \times
-\alias\cross \times
-\alias\iso \simeq
-\alias\nsubgrp \trianglelefteq
-\realias\cong \equiv
-\alias\adj\leftrightarrow
-\providecommand{\Box}{}
-\renewcommand{\Box}{\mathbin{\square}}
-\newcommand{\teilt}{\mathbin{|}}
- \alias\divides\teilt
-\newcommand{\defeq}{\stackrel{\text{def}}{=}}
-\newcommand{\uminus}{%
- \,\,{\mathbin{\cup\kern-.6em{\raise.05em%
- \hbox{-\negthinspace-\kern-.25em-}}}}\,\,}
-\newcommand{\Uminus}{%
- \mathop{\bigcup\kern-0.9em{\raise.05em%
- \hbox{-\negthinspace-\kern-.25em-}}}}
-\providecommand{\implies}{\;\Longrightarrow\;}
- \alias\then\implies
-\if@amsmath
- \newcommand{\when}{\DOTSB \;\Longleftarrow \;}
-\else
- \newcommand{\when}{\;\Longleftarrow \;}
-\fi
-\newcommand{\limplies}{\llap{$\implies$}\quad}
-\newcommand{\sfrac}[2]{%
- \hbox{\kern 0.1em%
- \raise 0.5ex\hbox {\scriptsize$#1$}%
- \kern -0.1em $/$%
- \kern -0.15em%
- \lower 0.25ex\hbox {\scriptsize$#2$}}%
- \kern 0.2em}
-\providecommand{\tfrac}{\sfrac}
-\providecommand{\dfrac}[2]{{{#1}\over{#2}}}
-\alias\sbar\bar
- \renewcommand{\bar}[1]{\overline{#1}}
-\alias\stilde\tilde
- \alias\retilde\widetilde
-\alias\shat\hat
- \realias\hat\widehat
-\renewcommand{\Im}{%
- \mathop{\mathfrak{Im}}}
-\renewcommand{\Re}{%
- \mathop{\mathfrak{Re}}}
-\alias\conj \bar
-\newcommand{\inv}{^{-1}}
-\@ifundefined{mathscript}
- {\newcommand{\Pow}{\raise 0.4ex\Mathbox{\Large}{\wp}}}
- {\NewMathOp[\mathscript]{\Pow}{P}}
-\alias\Pot\Pow
-\newcommand{\1}{\mathbbm{1}}
-\alias\acos\arccos
-\alias\asin\arcsin
-\alias\atan\arctan
-\alias\abs \vertbrackets
-\alias\ord \abs
-\alias\cyc \anglebrackets
-\alias\norm\Vertbrackets
-\newcommand{\dsum}{\mathop{\sum\sum}\limits}
-\newcommand{\tsum}{\mathop{\sum\sum\sum}\limits}
-\newcommand{\nsum}{\mathop{\sum\sum\cdots\sum}\limits}
-\NewMathOp*{\ulim}{lim\raise0.4ex\mathbox{\mathord{\smash{\uparrow}}}}
-\NewMathOp*{\dlim}{lim\raise0.4ex\mathbox{\mathord{\smash{\downarrow}}}}
-\NewMathOp*{\argmax}{arg\,max} % arg min
-\NewMathOp*{\argmin}{arg\,min} % arg min
-\NewMathOp {\Aff} {Aff} % Affine hull
-\NewMathOp {\Bild} {Bild} % Bild
-\NewMathOp {\Cone} {Cone} % Cone
-\NewMathOp {\Conv} {Conv} % Convex hull
-\NewMathOp {\Core} {Core} % Fuzzy set core
-\NewMathOp {\diam} {diam} % diameter
-\NewMathOp {\dom} {dom} % Domain
-\NewMathOp {\Epi} {Epi} % Epigraph
-\NewMathOp*{\esssup}{ess\,sup} % Essential supremum
-\NewMathOp {\fl} {fl} % float-point
-\NewMathOp {\ggT} {ggT} % ggT
-\NewMathOp {\Grad} {Grad} % Grad
-\NewMathOp {\Hypo} {Hypo} % Hypograph
-\NewMathOp {\Int} {Int} % Interior
-\NewMathOp {\Kern} {Kern} % Kernel
-\NewMathOp {\kgV} {kgV} % kgV
-\NewMathOp {\Lin} {Lin} % Linear hull
-\NewMathOp {\lcm} {lcm} % LCM
-\NewMathOp {\Ord} {Ord} % order
-\NewMathOp {\proj} {proj} % Projection
-\NewMathOp {\Rang} {Rang} % Rang
-\NewMathOp {\range} {range} % Range
-\NewMathOp {\Rank} {Rank} % Rank
-\NewMathOp {\rot} {rot} % Rotation
-\NewMathOp {\Span} {Span} % Span
-\NewMathOp {\val} {val} % value
-\if@physics
- \InputIfFileExists{cjwphys.tex}{}{%
- \PackageWarning{cjwmath}{Option `cjwphys.tex' not found.}
- \@@physicsfalse}
-\fi
-\NewMathOp{\Prob} {P} % Probability operator
-\NewMathOp{\Corr} {Corr} % Correlation
-\NewMathOp{\Cov} {Cov} % Covariance
-\NewMathOp{\Expct}{E} % Expectation
-\NewMathOp{\SD} {SD} % Standard Deviation.
-\NewMathOp{\Var} {Var} % Variance
-\newcommand{\given}{\,|\,}
-\alias\distrib\sim
-\NewMathOp{\Bin} {Bin} % Binary dist.
- \newcommand{\Nbin}{-\!\Bin} % Negative Binom.
-\NewMathOp{\Exp} {Exp} % Exponential dist.
-\NewMathOp{\Geom}{Geom} % Geometric dist.
-\NewMathOp{\Norm}{Norm} % Normal dist.
-\NewMathOp{\Poi} {Poi} % Poisson dist.
-\NewMathOp{\Unif}{Unif} % Uniform dist.
-\NewMathOp[\mathfrak]{\Ndens}{N}
-\NewMathOp[\mathfrak]{\Ndist}{n}
-\NewMathOp*{\@mapsto}{\mapstochar\rightarrow}
-\newcommand{\@probconv}[1]{\mathrel{\@mapsto\limits^{1}}}
- \newcommand{\asconv}{\@probconv{a.s.}} % Almost sure conv.
- \newcommand{\inprob}{\@probconv{P}} % Conv. in probability
- \newcommand{\inlaw} {\@probconv{L}} % Conv. in law
- \newcommand{\vague} {\@probconv{v}} % Vague conv.
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `cjwmath.sty'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/cjw/cjwoutl.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/cjw/cjwoutl.sty
deleted file mode 100644
index 8bce48cf283..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/cjw/cjwoutl.sty
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,187 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `cjwoutl.sty',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% cjwoutl.dtx (with options: `package')
-%%
-%% Copyright (C) 1995 by Colin J. Wynne
-%%
-%% This file is part of cjwoutl, a package
-%% for generating outlines with LaTeX2e.
-%%
-\def\fileversion{0.6}
-\def\filedate{1996/04/26}
-%% \CharacterTable
-%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
-%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
-%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
-%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
-%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
-%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
-%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
-%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
-%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
-%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
-%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
-%%
-
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesPackage{cjwoutl}
- [1995/04/24 v0.5 Auto-Numbered Outlines--CJW]
-
-\DeclareOption*{%
- \PackageWarning{cjwoutl}{Unknown option `\CurrentOption'}}
-
-\ProcessOptions
-
-\newif\ifoutl@group
-\newlength{\aboveoutlskip}
- \setlength{\aboveoutlskip}{\abovedisplayskip}
-\newlength{\belowoutlskip}
- \setlength{\belowoutlskip}{\belowdisplayskip}
-\newlength{\outlindent}
- \setlength{\outlindent}{\parindent}
-\newcounter {outl@indsize}
-\newcounter {outl@lastind}
-\newcounter {outli} % I.
-\newcounter {outlii} [outli] % A.
-\newcounter {outliii}[outlii] % 1.
-\newcounter {outliv} [outliii] % a.
-\newcounter {outlv} [outliv] % i.
-\newcounter {outlvi} [outlv] % (a)
-\newcounter {outlvii}[outlvi] % (i)
-\newcounter {outldef}[outlvii]
-\renewcommand{\theoutli} {\Roman{outli}}
-\renewcommand{\theoutlii} {\Alph{outlii}}
-\renewcommand{\theoutliii} {\arabic{outliii}}
-\renewcommand{\theoutliv} {\alph{outliv}}
-\renewcommand{\theoutlv} {\roman{outlv}}
-\renewcommand{\theoutlvi} {\alph{outlvi}}
-\renewcommand{\theoutlvii} {\roman{outlvii}}
-\renewcommand{\theoutldef} {}
-\newcommand{\labeloutli} {\theoutli.}
-\newcommand{\labeloutlii} {\theoutlii.}
-\newcommand{\labeloutliii} {\theoutliii.}
-\newcommand{\labeloutliv} {\theoutliv.}
-\newcommand{\labeloutlv} {\theoutlv.}
-\newcommand{\labeloutlvi} {(\theoutlvi)}
-\newcommand{\labeloutlvii} {(\theoutlvii)}
-\newcommand{\labeloutldef} {\ensuremath{\bullet}}
-\renewcommand{\p@outli} {}
-\renewcommand{\p@outlii} {\theoutli.}
-\renewcommand{\p@outliii} {\p@outlii\theoutlii.}
-\renewcommand{\p@outliv} {\p@outliii\theoutliii.}
-\renewcommand{\p@outlv} {\p@outliv\theoutliv.}
-\renewcommand{\p@outlvi} {\p@outlv\labeloutlv.}
-\renewcommand{\p@outlvii} {\p@outlvi\labeloutlvi.}
-\renewcommand{\p@outldef} {\p@outlvii\ldots}
-\newenvironment{outline}[1][keep]%
- {\def\@tempa{#1} \def\@tempb{new}
- \ifx\@tempa\@tempb
- \outl@reset
- \fi
- \penalty\predisplaypenalty\vspace{\aboveoutlskip}}%
- {\par\endgroup\global\outl@groupfalse%
- \penalty\postdisplaypenalty\vspace{\belowoutlskip}}
-\newcommand{\outl@reset}{%
- \setcounter{outli} {0}
- \setcounter{outlii} {0}
- \setcounter{outliii}{0}
- \setcounter{outliv} {0}
- \setcounter{outlv} {0}
- \setcounter{outlvi} {0}
- \setcounter{outlvii}{0}}
-\newcommand{\outlstyle}[1]{%
- \@ifundefined{ols@#1}
- {\PackageWarning{cjwoutl}{Outline style `#1' is undefined. Using
- style `plain' instead}%
- \def\outl@style{\ols@plain}}
- {\def\outl@style{\csname ols@#1\endcsname}}}
-\def\ols@plain{\@empty}
-\def\ols@firstpar#1\par{%
- \bgroup\firstparfont #1\par\egroup}
-
-\DeclareOldFontCommand{\firstparfont}{\normalfont\itshape}{\relax}
-\outlstyle{plain}
-\newcommand{\ol}[2]{%
- \outl@checkgroups \outl@processlvl{#1}%
- \ifnum \c@outl@indsize < 1\relax%
- \setcounter{outl@indsize}{0}%
- \leftskip = 0pt%
- \else%
- \leftskip = \c@outl@indsize\outlindent%
- \fi%
- \noindent\theoutlabel{#2}%
- \ignorespaces\outl@style}
-\newcommand{\npp}[1]{\ol{#1}{\null}\null\indent}
-\newcommand{\unpp}[1]{\ol{#1}{\null}}
-\newcommand{\outl}[1]{%
- \outl@checkgroups \outl@processlvl{#1}%
- \ifnum \c@outl@indsize < 1\relax%
- \setcounter{outl@indsize}{0}%
- \leftskip = 0pt%
- \else%
- \leftskip = \c@outl@indsize\outlindent%
- \fi%
- \noindent\outl@label{\c@outl@indsize}%
- \ignorespaces\outl@style}
-\newcommand{\outl@checkgroups}{%
- \ifoutl@group
- \par\endgroup\global\outl@groupfalse
- \smallbreak
- \fi
- \setcounter{outl@lastind}{\c@outl@indsize}
- \smallbreak
- \begingroup
- \global\outl@grouptrue}
-\newcommand{\outl@processlvl}[1]{%
- \def\@tempa{+}\def\@tempb{-}\def\@tempc{=}
- \def\@tempd{#1}
- \ifx\@tempa\@tempd
- \addtocounter{outl@indsize}{1}
- \else\ifx\@tempb\@tempd
- \addtocounter{outl@indsize}{-1}
- \else\ifx\@tempc\@tempd
- % Nothing---stay at same level.
- \else
- \setcounter{outl@indsize}{\@tempd}
- \addtocounter{outl@indsize}{-1}
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi}
-\newcommand{\outl@label}[1]{%
- \ifcase #1
- \@dolabeli\or\@dolabelii\or\@dolabeliii%
- \or\@dolabeliv\or\@dolabelv\or\@dolabelvi%
- \or\@dolabelvii\else\@dolabeldef%
- \fi}
-\@ifundefined{labelfont}
- {\DeclareOldFontCommand{\labelfont}%
- {\normalfont\bfseries\mathversion{bold}}{\mathbf}}
- {} % Do nothing---|\labelfont| is already defined
-\newcommand{\theoutlabel}[1]{%
- \llap{\hbox{\labelfont#1\enskip}}}
-\newcommand{\@dolabeli}{%
- \refstepcounter{outli}\theoutlabel{\labeloutli}}
-\newcommand{\@dolabelii}{%
- \refstepcounter{outlii}\theoutlabel{\labeloutlii}}
-\newcommand{\@dolabeliii}{%
- \refstepcounter{outliii}\theoutlabel{\labeloutliii}}
-\newcommand{\@dolabeliv}{%
- \refstepcounter{outliv}\theoutlabel{\labeloutliv}}
-\newcommand{\@dolabelv}{%
- \refstepcounter{outlv}\theoutlabel{\labeloutlv}}
-\newcommand{\@dolabelvi}{%
- \refstepcounter{outlvi}\theoutlabel{\labeloutlvi}}
-\newcommand{\@dolabelvii}{%
- \refstepcounter{outlvii}\theoutlabel{\labeloutlvii}}
-\newcommand{\@dolabeldef}{%
- \refstepcounter{outldef}\theoutlabel{\labeloutldef}}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `cjwoutl.sty'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/cjw/cjwphys.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/cjw/cjwphys.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index e436df69364..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/cjw/cjwphys.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `cjwphys.tex',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% cjw-latex.dtx (with options: `phys')
-%%
-%% Copyright (C) 1997 by: Colin J. Wynne <cwynne@mts.jhu.edu>
-%%
-%% This file is part of cjw-latex, a collection of package files for
-%% LaTeX2e, written by Colin J. Wynne. It may be freely distributed in
-%% any form---electronic, physical, or otherwise---so long as the
-%% distributor provides this file in its entirety (including this
-%% copyright announcement) and charges no fee (except for reasonable
-%% recompense for the duplication process). Fair 'nough?
-%%
-%% I would also prefer that the entire source file `cjw-latex.dtx',
-%% together with `cjw-latex.ins', be propagated instead of any one
-%% subfile.
-%%
-%% Please feel free to improve on or alter any code herein as suits your
-%% needs, and by all means notify me of any suggestions, improvements, or
-%% requests.
-%%
-%% This file is beer-ware. If you use it and like it, then you should
-%% buy me a beer if you ever meet me. :-)
-%%
-%% RCS: $Id: cjw-latex.ins,v 1.3 1998/04/10 14:30:18 cwynne Exp $
-%%
-\def\RCSinfo{$Id: cjw-latex.dtx,v 0.13 1998/09/01 15:54:20 cwynne Exp $}
-
-\def\RCSsplit $#1: #2,v #3 #4 #5 #6 #7${
- \gdef\filename {#2}
- \gdef\fileversion{#3}
- \gdef\filedate {#4}
- \gdef\filetime {#5}
- \gdef\fileauthor {#6}
- \gdef\filelocker {#7}}
-
-\expandafter\RCSsplit\RCSinfo
-%%
-%% \CharacterTable
-%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
-%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
-%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
-%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
-%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
-%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
-%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
-%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
-%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
-%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
-%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
-%%
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesFile{cjwphys.tex}
- [\filedate\space v\fileversion\space
- Physics macros for cjwmath.sty---CJW]
-\newcommand{\bra}[1]{\left\langle #1 \right|\,}
-\newcommand{\ket}[1]{\,\left| #1 \right\rangle}
-
-\newcommand{\braket}[2]{%
- \newdimen\@tempdimd%
- \setbox0=\mathbox{#1}\@tempdima=\ht0 \@tempdimb=\dp0%
- \setbox0=\mathbox{#2}\@tempdimc=\ht0 \@tempdimd=\dp0%
- \ifdim\@tempdimc > \@tempdima
- \@tempdima=\@tempdimc
- \fi
- \ifdim\@tempdimd > \@tempdimb
- \@tempdimb=\@tempdimb
- \fi
- \def\@tempa{\vrule width0pt height\@tempdima depth\@tempdimb}
- \left.\left\langle \@tempa{#1} \,\right|\,{#2} \right\rangle }
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `cjwphys.tex'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/cjw/cjwplain.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/cjw/cjwplain.sty
deleted file mode 100644
index af53edc59c6..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/cjw/cjwplain.sty
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,255 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `cjwplain.sty',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% cjwplain.dtx (with options: `package')
-%%
-%% Copyright (C) 1995 by Colin J. Wynne
-%%
-%% This file is part of cjwplain, a style providing
-%% Plain TeX functionality under LaTeX2e.
-%%
- \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
- \ProvidesPackage{cjwplain}
- [1995/05/01 v0.5
- Plain TeX Macros for LaTeX2e---CJW]
-\def\RCSinfo{$Id: cjwplain.dtx,v 1.2 1998/08/31 22:57:40 cwynne Exp $}
-
-\def\RCSsplit $#1: #2,v #3 #4 #5 #6 #7${
- \gdef\filename {#2}
- \gdef\fileversion{#3}
- \gdef\filedate {#4}
- \gdef\filetime {#5}
- \gdef\fileauthor {#6}
- \gdef\filelocker {#7}}
-
-\expandafter\RCSsplit\RCSinfo
-%% \CharacterTable
-%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
-%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
-%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
-%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
-%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
-%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
-%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
-%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
-%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
-%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
-%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
-%%
-\newif\if@outerallocs \@outerallocsfalse
-\newif\if@diagnostics \@diagnosticstrue
-\newif\if@plainskips \@plainskipsfalse
-\newif\if@strictline \@strictlinetrue
-\newif\if@tabbing \@tabbingtrue
-\newif\if@strictitem \@strictitemfalse
-\newif\if@eqalign \@eqaligntrue
-\newif\if@strictfootnotes \@strictfootnotesfalse
-\newif\if@altfootnotes \@altfootnotesfalse
-\newif\if@plainoutput \@plainoutputfalse
-\newif\if@magnification \@magnificationfalse
-\DeclareOption{outerallocs}{\@outerallocstrue}
-\DeclareOption{outerallocsoff}{\@outerallocsfalse}
-
-\DeclareOption{diagnostics}{\@diagnosticstrue}
-\DeclareOption{diagnosticsoff}{\@diagnosticsfalse}
-
-\DeclareOption{plainskips}{\@plainskipstrue}
-\DeclareOption{planiskipsoff}{\@plainskipsfalse}
-
-\DeclareOption{strictline}{\@strictlinetrue}
-\DeclareOption{strictlineoff}{\@strictlinefalse}
-
-\DeclareOption{tabbing}{\@tabbingtrue}
-\DeclareOption{tabbingoff}{\@tabbingfalse}
-
-\DeclareOption{strictitem}{\@strictitemtrue}
-\DeclareOption{strictitemoff}{\@strictitemfalse}
-
-\DeclareOption{eqalign}{\@eqaligntrue}
-\DeclareOption{eqalignoff}{\@eqalignfalse}
-\DeclareOption{strictfootnotes}{%
- \@strictfootnotestrue \@altfootnotesfalse}
-\DeclareOption{altfootnotes}{%
- \@altfootnotestrue \@strictfootnotesfalse}
-\DeclareOption{footnotesoff}{%
- \@altfootnotesfalse \@strictfootnotesfalse}
-
-\DeclareOption{magnification}{\@magnificationtrue}
-\DeclareOption{magnificationoff}{\@magnificationfalse}
-\DeclareOption{plainoutput}{%
- \@plainoutputtrue \@strictfootnotestrue
- \@altfootnotesfalse \@magnificationtrue}
-\DeclareOption{plainoutputoff}{\@plainoutputfalse}
-\DeclareOption{none}{%
- \@outerallocsfalse \@eqalignfalse
- \@diagnosticsfalse \@plainskipsfalse
- \@strictfootnotesfalse\@strictlinefalse
- \@altfootnotesfalse \@tabbingfalse
- \@magnificationfalse \@strictitemfalse
- \@plainoutputfalse}
-
-\DeclareOption{all}{%
- \@outerallocstrue \@eqaligntrue
- \@diagnosticstrue \@plainskipstrue
- \@strictfootnotestrue\@strictlinetrue
- \@altfootnotestrue \@tabbingtrue
- \@magnificationtrue \@strictitemtrue
- \@plainoutputtrue}
-\DeclareOption*{%
- \PackageWarning{cjwplain}{Unknown option `\CurrentOption'}}
-\ProcessOptions*
-\if@outerallocs
-
-\outer\def\newcount{\alloc@0\count\countdef\insc@unt}
-\outer\def\newdimen{\alloc@1\dimen\dimendef\insc@unt}
-\outer\def\newskip{\alloc@2\skip\skipdef\insc@unt}
-
-\outer\def\newbox{\alloc@4\box\chardef\insc@unt}
-\outer\def\newwrite{\alloc@7\write\chardef\sixt@@n}
-\outer\def\newfam{\alloc@8\fam\chardef\sixt@@n}
-
-\fi
-\if@diagnostics
-
-\showboxbreadth=5
-\showboxdepth=3
-\setcounter{errorcontextlines}{5}
-
-\fi
-\if@plainskips
- \def\smallskip{\vskip\smallskipamount}
- \def\medskip{\vskip\medskipamount}
- \def\bigskip{\vskip\bigskipamount}
-\fi
-\let\plainline\@@line
-
-\if@strictline
-
-\let\latex@line\line
-\let\line\@@line
-\def\@picture(#1,#2)(#3,#4){%
- \let\line\latex@line%
- \@picht#2\unitlength
- \setbox\@picbox\hbox to#1\unitlength\bgroup
- \hskip -#3\unitlength
- \lower #4\unitlength\hbox\bgroup
- \ignorespaces}
-
-\fi
-\if@tabbing
- \InputIfFileExists{cjwpltab.clo}{}{%
- \PackageWarning{cjwplain}{Option `cjwpltab.clo' not found.}
- \@tabbingfalse}
-\fi
-\def\@@item{\par\hang\textindent}
-\let\plainitem\@@item
-\def\itemitem{\par\indent \hangindent2\parindent \textindent}
-\if@strictitem
- \let\latexitem\item
- \let\item\@@item
-\fi
-\outer\def\beginsection#1\par{\vskip\z@ plus.3\vsize\penalty-250
- \vskip\z@ plus-.3\vsize\bigskip\vskip\parskip
- \message{#1}\leftline{\bf#1}\nobreak\smallskip\noindent}
-\outer\def\bye{\end{document}}
-\let\plaincentering\@centering
-
-\if@eqalign
-
-\def\eqalign#1{\null\,\vcenter{\openup\jot\m@th
- \ialign{\strut\hfil$\displaystyle{##}$&$\displaystyle{{}##}$\hfil
- \crcr#1\crcr}}\,}
-
-\def\eqalignno#1{\displ@y \tabskip\@centering
- \halign to\displaywidth{\hfil$\@lign\displaystyle{##}$\tabskip\z@skip
- &$\@lign\displaystyle{{}##}$\hfil\tabskip\@centering
- &\llap{$\@lign##$}\tabskip\z@skip\crcr
- #1\crcr}}
-\def\leqalignno#1{\displ@y \tabskip\@centering
- \halign to\displaywidth{\hfil$\@lign\displaystyle{##}$\tabskip\z@skip
- &$\@lign\displaystyle{{}##}$\hfil\tabskip\@centering
- &\kern-\displaywidth\rlap{$\@lign##$}\tabskip\displaywidth\crcr
- #1\crcr}}
-
-\else
-\@namedef{eqnarray*}{%
- \let \\ \cr $$\null\,\vcenter{\openup\jot\m@th
- \ialign{\strut\hfil$\displaystyle{##}$&$\displaystyle{{}##}$\hfil\crcr}}}
-\@namedef{endeqnarray*}{\crcr}
-
-\fi
-\if@plainoutput
- \InputIfFileExists{cjwplout.clo}{}{%
- \PackageWarning{cjwplain}{Option `cjwplout.clo' not found.}
- \@tabbingfalse}
-\fi
-\if@plainoutput\else
-
-\def\footline{\@ifnextchar ={\@@footline}{\@@footline=}}
-\def\@@footline=#1{\gdef\@oddfoot{#1} \gdef\@evenfoot{#1}}
-
-\def\headline{\@ifnextchar ={\@@headline}{\@@headline=}}
-\def\@@headline=#1{\gdef\@oddhead{#1} \gdef\@evenhead{#1}}
-
-\def\nopagenumbers{\let\@oddfoot\relax \let\@evenfoot\relax}
-\let\pageno\c@page
-\newcommand{\folio}[1][\pageno]{\@folio{#1}}
-\def\@folio#1{%
- \edef\@tempa{\string#1}%
- \expandafter\@ifundefined{c@\@tempa}% % Does the counter exist?
- {% % No such counter.
- \ifnum #1 <\z@ \romannumeral-#1
- \else \number #1
- \fi
- }%
- {% % It is a counter.
- \ifnum\value{#1}<\z@ \roman{#1} \else \arabic{#1} \fi}
- }
-\def\advancepageno{\ifnum\pageno<\z@ \global\advance\pageno\m@ne
- \else\global\advance\pageno\@ne \fi}
-\let\normalbottom\flushbottom
-\def\topinsert{\begin{figure}[t]}
-\def\pageinsert{\begin{figure}[p]}
-\def\midinsert{\begin{figure}[htpb]}
-\def\endinsert{\end{figure}}
-
-\fi
-
-\let\latex@footnote\footnote
-
-\def\@@footnote#1{\let\@sf\empty % parameter #2 (the text) is read later
- \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\/\fi
- #1\@sf\vfootnote{#1}}
-\def\vfootnote#1{\insert\footins\bgroup
- \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty
- \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes
- \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox \floatingpenalty\@MM
- \leftskip\z@skip \rightskip\z@skip \spaceskip\z@skip
- \xspaceskip\z@skip
- \textindent{#1}\footstrut\futurelet\next\fo@t}
-\def\fo@t{\ifcat\bgroup\noexpand\next \let\next\f@@t
- \else\let\next\f@t\fi \next}
-\def\f@@t{\bgroup\aftergroup\@foot\let\next}
-\def\f@t#1{#1\@foot}
-\def\@foot{\strut\egroup}
-\def\footstrut{\vbox to\splittopskip{}}
-\if@strictfootnotes
- \let\footnote\@@footnote
-\fi
-\if@altfootnotes
- \def\footnote#1{\latex@footnote[#1]}
-\fi
-\if@magnification
- \def\magnification{\afterassignment\m@g\count@}
- \def\m@g{\mag\count@
- \hsize6.5truein\vsize8.9truein\dimen\footins8truein}
-\fi
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `cjwplain.sty'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/cjw/cjwplout.clo b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/cjw/cjwplout.clo
deleted file mode 100644
index 0f884fb08c8..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/cjw/cjwplout.clo
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,99 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `cjwplout.clo',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% cjwplain.dtx (with options: `output')
-%%
-%% Copyright (C) 1995 by Colin J. Wynne
-%%
-%% This file is part of cjwplain, a style providing
-%% Plain TeX functionality under LaTeX2e.
-%%
- \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
- \ProvidesFile{cjwplout.clo}
- [1995/05/01 v0.5
- Plain TeX Output Macros for LaTeX2e---CJW]
-\def\RCSinfo{$Id: cjwplain.dtx,v 1.2 1998/08/31 22:57:40 cwynne Exp $}
-
-\def\RCSsplit $#1: #2,v #3 #4 #5 #6 #7${
- \gdef\filename {#2}
- \gdef\fileversion{#3}
- \gdef\filedate {#4}
- \gdef\filetime {#5}
- \gdef\fileauthor {#6}
- \gdef\filelocker {#7}}
-
-\expandafter\RCSsplit\RCSinfo
-%% \CharacterTable
-%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
-%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
-%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
-%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
-%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
-%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
-%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
-%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
-%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
-%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
-%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
-%%
-\countdef\pageno=0 \pageno=1 % first page is number 1
-\newtoks\headline \headline={\hfil} % headline is normally blank
-\newtoks\footline \footline={\hss\reset@font\folio\hss}
- % footline is normally a centered page number in font \tenrm
-\def\nopagenumbers{\footline{\hfil}} % blank out the footline
-\def\folio{%
- \ifnum\pageno<\z@ \romannumeral-\pageno \else\number\pageno \fi}
-\def\advancepageno{\ifnum\pageno<\z@ \global\advance\pageno\m@ne
- \else\global\advance\pageno\@ne \fi} % increase |pageno|
-\newif\ifr@ggedbottom
-\def\raggedbottom{\topskip 10\p@ plus60\p@ \r@ggedbottomtrue}
-\def\normalbottom{\topskip 10\p@ \r@ggedbottomfalse}
- % undoes \raggedbottom
-\newinsert\topins
-\newif\ifp@ge \newif\if@mid
-\def\topinsert{\@midfalse\p@gefalse\@ins}
-\def\midinsert{\@midtrue\@ins}
-\def\pageinsert{\@midfalse\p@getrue\@ins}
-\skip\topins=\z@skip % no space added when a topinsert is present
-\count\topins=1000 % magnification factor (1 to 1)
-\dimen\topins=\maxdimen % no limit per page
-\def\@ins{\par\begingroup\setbox\z@\vbox\bgroup} % start a \vbox
-\def\endinsert{\egroup % finish the \vbox
- \if@mid \dimen@\ht\z@ \advance\dimen@\dp\z@ \advance\dimen@12\p@
- \advance\dimen@\pagetotal \advance\dimen@-\pageshrink
- \ifdim\dimen@>\pagegoal\@midfalse\p@gefalse\fi\fi
- \if@mid \bigskip\box\z@\bigbreak
- \else\insert\topins{\penalty100 % floating insertion
- \splittopskip\z@skip
- \splitmaxdepth\maxdimen \floatingpenalty\z@
- \ifp@ge \dimen@\dp\z@
- \vbox to\vsize{\unvbox\z@\kern-\dimen@}% depth is zero
- \else \box\z@\nobreak\bigskip\fi}\fi\endgroup}
-\def\plainoutput{\shipout\vbox{\makeheadline\pagebody\makefootline}%
- \advancepageno
- \ifnum\outputpenalty>-\@MM \else\dosupereject\fi}
-\def\pagebody{\vbox to\vsize{\boxmaxdepth\maxdepth \pagecontents}}
-\def\makeheadline{\vbox to\z@{\vskip-22.5\p@
- \@@line{\vbox to8.5\p@{}\the\headline}\vss}\nointerlineskip}
-\def\makefootline{\baselineskip24\p@\@@line{\the\footline}}
-\def\dosupereject{\ifnum\insertpenalties>\z@
- % something is being held over
- \@@line{}\kern-\topskip\nobreak\vfill\supereject\fi}
-
-\def\pagecontents{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi
- \dimen@=\dp\@cclv \unvbox\@cclv % open up \box255
- \ifvoid\footins\else % footnote info is present
- \vskip\skip\footins
- \footnoterule
- \unvbox\footins\fi
- \ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi}
- \output{\plainoutput}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `cjwplout.clo'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/cjw/cjwpltab.clo b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/cjw/cjwpltab.clo
deleted file mode 100644
index 2aa89423d7e..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/cjw/cjwpltab.clo
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `cjwpltab.clo',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% cjwplain.dtx (with options: `tabbing')
-%%
-%% Copyright (C) 1995 by Colin J. Wynne
-%%
-%% This file is part of cjwplain, a style providing
-%% Plain TeX functionality under LaTeX2e.
-%%
- \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
- \ProvidesFile{cjwpltab.clo}
- [1995/05/01 v0.5
- Plain TeX Tabbing Macros for LaTeX2e---CJW]
-\def\RCSinfo{$Id: cjwplain.dtx,v 1.2 1998/08/31 22:57:40 cwynne Exp $}
-
-\def\RCSsplit $#1: #2,v #3 #4 #5 #6 #7${
- \gdef\filename {#2}
- \gdef\fileversion{#3}
- \gdef\filedate {#4}
- \gdef\filetime {#5}
- \gdef\fileauthor {#6}
- \gdef\filelocker {#7}}
-
-\expandafter\RCSsplit\RCSinfo
-%% \CharacterTable
-%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
-%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
-%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
-%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
-%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
-%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
-%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
-%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
-%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
-%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
-%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
-%%
-\newif\ifus@ \newif\if@cr
-\newbox\tabs \newbox\tabsyet \newbox\tabsdone
-
-\def\cleartabs{\global\setbox\tabsyet\null \setbox\tabs\null}
-\def\settabs{\setbox\tabs\null \futurelet\next\sett@b}
-\let\+=\relax % in case this file is being read in twice
-\def\sett@b{\ifx\next\+\let\next\relax
-\def\next{\afterassignment\s@tt@b\let\next}%
- \else\let\next\s@tcols\fi\next}
-\def\s@tt@b{\let\next\relax\us@false\m@ketabbox}
-\def\tabalign{\us@true\m@ketabbox} % non-\outer version of \+
-\outer\def\+{\tabalign}
-\def\s@tcols#1\columns{\count@#1 \dimen@\hsize
- \loop\ifnum\count@>\z@ \@nother \repeat}
-\def\@nother{\dimen@ii\dimen@ \divide\dimen@ii\count@
- \setbox\tabs\hbox{\hbox to\dimen@ii{}\unhbox\tabs}%
- \advance\dimen@-\dimen@ii \advance\count@\m@ne}
-
-\def\m@ketabbox{\begingroup
- \global\setbox\tabsyet\copy\tabs
- \global\setbox\tabsdone\null
- \def\cr{\@crtrue\crcr\egroup\egroup
-\ifus@\unvbox\z@\lastbox\fi\endgroup
-\setbox\tabs\hbox{\unhbox\tabsyet\unhbox\tabsdone}}%
- \setbox\z@\vbox\bgroup\@crfalse
-\ialign\bgroup&\t@bbox##\t@bb@x\crcr}
-
-\def\t@bbox{\setbox\z@\hbox\bgroup}
-\def\t@bb@x{\if@cr\egroup % now \box\z@ holds the column
- \else\hss\egroup \global\setbox\tabsyet\hbox{\unhbox\tabsyet
- \global\setbox\@ne\lastbox}% now \box\@ne holds its size
-\ifvoid\@ne\global\setbox\@ne\hbox to\wd\z@{}%
-\else\setbox\z@\hbox to\wd\@ne{\unhbox\z@}\fi
-\global\setbox\tabsdone\hbox{\box\@ne\unhbox\tabsdone}\fi
- \box\z@}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `cjwpltab.clo'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/cjw/cjwresize.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/cjw/cjwresize.sty
deleted file mode 100644
index 2934fde43d9..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/cjw/cjwresize.sty
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,226 +0,0 @@
-%%
-% File: cjwresize.sty
-%%
-
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesPackage{cjwresize}
- [1995/05/09 v0.1 Change Default LaTeX Page Layouts -- CJW]
-
-\newif \if@autocalc
-
-\DeclareOption{auto} {\@autocalctrue}
-\DeclareOption{final}{\@autocalctrue}
-\DeclareOption*{%
- \PackageWarning{cjwresize}{Unknown option `\CurrentOption'}}
-
-\ProcessOptions
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%
-% DISTRIBUTION NOTICE
-%
-% This is file |cjwresize.sty| for use with \LaTeX2e.
-%
-% Copyright (c) 1995 by Colin J. Wynne
-% cwynne@sage.wlu.edu, cwynne@lorien,princeton.edu,
-% ua7o@rz.uni-karlsruhe.de
-% This file may be freely distributed in any form; electronic,
-% physical or otherwise; so long as the distributor provides this
-% file in its entirety (including this message) and the distributor
-% receives no money (except for a reasonable recompense for the
-% duplication process). Fair 'nough?
-%
-% This file is beer-ware. If you use it and like it, then you
-% should buy me a beer if you ever meet me. :-)
-%
-%
-% INTRO
-%
-% This is a fairly simple file, so I am not going to bother with a
-% .dtx file. Here is the whole documentation, right here. :-) No
-% \docstrip{} hastle or anything...
-%
-%
-% WHY THIS PACKAGE?
-%
-% I think the default printable area used by \LaTeX{}, frankly,
-% sucks. When I turn in three problem assignments for a math class
-% and it takes up eight pages, there is just too much blank space.
-% So, I hacked the relevant parts out of |classes.dtx| which deal
-% with setting printable area and balancing margins and fiddled with
-% some of the default values. Not only that, but it is easily
-% customisable.
-%
-%
-% HOW TO USE THIS PACKAGE
-%
-% There are two basic ways to use this package. Essentially, after
-% including the package, the macro |\resize| is available to the
-% user. After altering any of the relevant page information, one
-% can invoke |\resize| to recalculate page margins. |\resize|
-% should be called after changes to the following:
-%
-% \textheight \headheight \footskip
-% \textwidth \headsep
-%
-% and optionally after changing |\topskip|. These are the
-% dimensions on which the \LaTeX{} algorithms below depend.
-%
-% This only half solves the problem, though. Having to change the
-% height and width in every document is also not a particularly
-% ducky solution, so there is also a package option, namely |auto|.
-% In commented sections below, you will see where I have altered
-% some of the default values that \LaTeX{} uses for page layout
-% calculations. Invoking the package with the |auto| option will
-% automatically do a resize with these defaults. Of course, the
-% |\resize| command will still be available if further modifications
-% are desired. You should feel perfectly free to change these
-% defaults to something that will be more appropriate for you.
-% As the major advantage of \LaTeX's default, \emph{wide} margins is
-% the availability of |\marginpar| space, for draft annotations, I
-% also consider the revised margins of this package to be applicable
-% to final output. Therefore the option |final| will be grabbed and
-% interpreted to mean the same thing as |auto|.
-%
-%
-% BUGS
-%
-% Well, I wouldn't call this a bug, but I haven't accounted for the
-% slight differences in these calculations specific to the |book|
-% class's options for size switching. This package was written in
-% about twenty minutes, and I couldn't think of a way off the type
-% of my head to test for the invoked class. If there is one (and
-% I'm fairly sure there is), please let me know.
-%
-%
-% COMMENTS?
-%
-% If you have any, send them to me at one of the e-mail addresses
-% above. I hope this will be useful to somebody, somewhere.
-%
-% CJW, 09.05.1995
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-\def\resize{\relax%
- %
- \if@twoside
- \setlength\@tempdima {\paperwidth}
- \addtolength\@tempdima {-\textwidth}
- \setlength\oddsidemargin {.4\@tempdima}
- \addtolength\oddsidemargin {-1in}
- %
- \setlength\marginparwidth {.6\@tempdima}
- \addtolength\marginparwidth {-0.4in}
- \else
- \setlength\@tempdima {\paperwidth}
- \addtolength\@tempdima {-\textwidth}
- \setlength\oddsidemargin {.5\@tempdima}
- \addtolength\oddsidemargin {-1in}
- \setlength\marginparwidth {.5\@tempdima}
- \addtolength\marginparwidth {-.4in}
- \fi
- %
- \ifdim \marginparwidth >2in
- \setlength\marginparwidth{2in}
- \fi
- %
- \@settopoint\oddsidemargin
- \@settopoint\marginparwidth
- %
- \setlength\evensidemargin {\paperwidth}
- \addtolength\evensidemargin{-2in}
- \addtolength\evensidemargin{-\textwidth}
- \addtolength\evensidemargin{-\oddsidemargin}
- %
- \@settopoint\evensidemargin
- %
- %
- \setlength\topmargin{\paperheight}
- \addtolength\topmargin{-2in}
- \addtolength\topmargin{-\headheight}
- \addtolength\topmargin{-\headsep}
- \addtolength\topmargin{-\textheight}
- \addtolength\topmargin{-\footskip}
- %
- \addtolength\topmargin{-.5\topmargin}
- \@settopoint\topmargin
-}
-
-%%%%
-%%%%
-%%
-%% CODE for the |auto| option:
-%%
-%%%%
-%%%%
-
-\if@autocalc
-
-%%
-% Compute the |\textwidth|.
-%%
-
- \setlength\@tempdima{\paperwidth}
- \addtolength\@tempdima{-2in}
-
-%%
-% This choice of |\@tempdimb| is the `default' page size used by the
-% |auto| option. The values from |classes.dtx| are 345pt, 360pt and
-% 390pt respectively for 10pt, 11pt and 12pt document sizes. Feel
-% free to change these to taste. I find that adding about 40--50pt to
-% the original dimensions works pretty well.
-%%
- \ifcase \@ptsize
- \setlength\@tempdimb{385\p@} \or
- \setlength\@tempdimb{400\p@} \else
- \setlength\@tempdimb{430\p@}
- \fi
-
- \if@twocolumn
- \ifdim\@tempdima>2\@tempdimb\relax
- \setlength\textwidth{2\@tempdimb}
- \else
- \setlength\textwidth{\@tempdima}
- \fi
- \else
- \ifdim\@tempdima>\@tempdimb\relax
- \setlength\textwidth{\@tempdimb}
- \else
- \setlength\textwidth{\@tempdima}
- \fi
- \fi
-
- \@settopoint\textwidth
-
-%%
-% Compute the |\textheight|.
-%%
-
- \setlength\@tempdima{\paperheight}
-%%
-% These next two lines govern the `default' |\textheight| used by the
-% |auto| option. The values from |classes.dtx| are -2in for the
-% margins and -1.5in for headers and footers. I like reducing the
-% extra space for headers/footers down to -1in. Feel free, however,
-% to change these values to taste.
-%% %%
- \addtolength\@tempdima{-2in} % Minimum margins.
- \addtolength\@tempdima{-1in} % Room for head/foot stuff.
- %
- \divide\@tempdima\baselineskip % Compute size in
- \@tempcnta=\@tempdima % line numbers.
- %
- \setlength\textheight{\@tempcnta\baselineskip}%
- \addtolength\textheight{\topskip} % First line of text has
- % height |\topskip|.
-%% %%
-% Now call resize.
-%%
- \resize
-
-\fi
-
-\endinput
-%%
-% End of file: cjwresize.sty
-%%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/cjw/cjwunits.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/cjw/cjwunits.sty
deleted file mode 100644
index 055cd5a520b..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/cjw/cjwunits.sty
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `cjwunits.sty',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% cjw-latex.dtx (with options: `units')
-%%
-%% Copyright (C) 1997 by: Colin J. Wynne <cwynne@mts.jhu.edu>
-%%
-%% This file is part of cjw-latex, a collection of package files for
-%% LaTeX2e, written by Colin J. Wynne. It may be freely distributed in
-%% any form---electronic, physical, or otherwise---so long as the
-%% distributor provides this file in its entirety (including this
-%% copyright announcement) and charges no fee (except for reasonable
-%% recompense for the duplication process). Fair 'nough?
-%%
-%% I would also prefer that the entire source file `cjw-latex.dtx',
-%% together with `cjw-latex.ins', be propagated instead of any one
-%% subfile.
-%%
-%% Please feel free to improve on or alter any code herein as suits your
-%% needs, and by all means notify me of any suggestions, improvements, or
-%% requests.
-%%
-%% This file is beer-ware. If you use it and like it, then you should
-%% buy me a beer if you ever meet me. :-)
-%%
-%% RCS: $Id: cjw-latex.ins,v 1.3 1998/04/10 14:30:18 cwynne Exp $
-%%
-\def\RCSinfo{$Id: cjw-latex.dtx,v 0.13 1998/09/01 15:54:20 cwynne Exp $}
-
-\def\RCSsplit $#1: #2,v #3 #4 #5 #6 #7${
- \gdef\filename {#2}
- \gdef\fileversion{#3}
- \gdef\filedate {#4}
- \gdef\filetime {#5}
- \gdef\fileauthor {#6}
- \gdef\filelocker {#7}}
-
-\expandafter\RCSsplit\RCSinfo
-%%
-%% \CharacterTable
-%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
-%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
-%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
-%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
-%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
-%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
-%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
-%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
-%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
-%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
-%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
-%%
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesFile{cjwunits}
- [\filedate\space v\fileversion\space
- Typesetting units in LaTeX2e---CJW]
-\newcommand{\unitfont}{\operator@font}
-\newcommand{\unit}[1]{\ensuremath{\,{\unitfont{#1}\kern\z@}}\xspace}
-\newcommand{\ang} {\unit{\AA}} % angstroms
- \alias\Ao\ang
-\newcommand{\cm} {\unit{cm}} % centimetres
-\newcommand{\inch}{\unit{in}} % inches
-\newcommand{\km} {\unit{km}} % kilometres
-\newcommand{\mi} {\unit{mi}} % miles
-\newcommand{\m} {\unit{m}} % metres
-\newcommand{\Hz} {\unit{Hz}} % herz
-\newcommand{\J} {\unit{J}} % joules
-\newcommand{\V} {\unit{V}} % volts
-\newcommand{\eV} {\unit{eV}} % electron volts
-\newcommand{\erg} {\unit{erg}} % ergs
-\newcommand{\amu} {\unit{amu}} % atomic mass units
-\newcommand{\gram}{\unit{g}} % grams
-\newcommand{\kg} {\unit{kg}} % kilograms
-\newcommand{\Ton} {\unit{T}} % tons
-\newcommand{\kT} {\unit{kT}} % kilotons
-\newcommand{\MT} {\unit{MT}} % megatons
-\newcommand{\kelv}{\unit{K}} % kelvins
-\alias\secant\sec
-\renewcommand{\sec} {\unit{s}} % seconds
-\newcommand{\cee} {\unit{c}} % speed o' light
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `cjwunits.sty'.